Anda di halaman 1dari 690

System Configuration Guide

A320 Family
Issue 6, Revision 1
January 2012
Document in accordance with the following Standard Specifications:

A318-100 P 000 01000 issue 04


A319-100 J 000 01000 issue 07
A320-200 D 000 02000 issue 08
A321-200 E 000 02000 issue 05

Authorized by BSMC
CC1200001
A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 [ REF-2]


A320 Family Table of contents
Title ATA Title ATA
Introduction 00 Water/waste 38
Certification and external livery 02 Information systems 46
General aircraft design criteria 03 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49
Placards and markings 11 Structures 51
Air conditioning 21 Doors 52
Auto flight 22 Fuselage 53
Communications 23 Stabilizers 55
Electrical power 24 Windows 56
Equipment/furnishings 25 Wings 57
Fire protection 26 Engines 72
Fuel 28 Engine fuel and control 73
Hydraulic power 29 Oil 79
Ice and rain protection 30
Indicating/recording systems 31
Landing gear 32
Lights 33
Navigation 34
Oxygen 35

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-1


Table of contents A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Table of Contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page TOC-2


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref

Introduction 1 [00]
00.00.200 - Introduction 2 [00-2]

Certification and external livery 9 [02]


02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats 10 [02-2]
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements 12 [02-4]
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements 16 [02-8]
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification 20 [02-12]
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width 22 [02-14]
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min 24 [02-16]
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1 30 [02-22]
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC) 32 [02-24]
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC 34 [02-26]
runways
02.40.101 - External livery 36 [02-28]

General aircraft design criteria 39 [03]


03.20.300 - Design weights (A318) 40 [03-2]
03.20.400 - Design weights (A319) 44 [03-6]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-1


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
03.20.500 - Design weights (A320) 48 [03-10]
03.20.600 - Design weights (A321) 52 [03-14]

Placards and markings 57 [11]


11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates 58 [11-2]
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings 60 [11-4]
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings 62 [11-6]
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers 64 [11-8]
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning 68 [11-12]
placards
11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings 72 [11-16]
11.22.100 - Landing gear placards 76 [11-20]
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds 78 [11-22]
11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards 82 [11-26]
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards 86 [11-30]
11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system 90 [11-34]

Air conditioning 93 [21]


21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection 94 [21-2]
21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit 98 [21-6]
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction 102 [21-10]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-2


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment 106 [21-14]
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold 110 [21-18]
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold 114 [21-22]
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level 118 [21-26]
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold 120 [21-28]
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold 124 [21-32]
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters 128 [21-36]

Auto flight 131 [22]


22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability 132 [22-2]
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment 134 [22-4]
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton 138 [22-8]
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) 142 [22-12]

Communications 145 [23]


23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator 148 [23-4]
Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system 152 [23-8]
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system 156 [23-12]
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE) 160 [23-16]
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE) 162 [23-18]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-3


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE) 166 [23-22]
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function 170 [23-26]
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function 172 [23-28]
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment 174 [23-30]
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP) 178 [23-34]
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP) 180 [23-36]
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function 184 [23-40]
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface 186 [23-42]
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system 188 [23-44]
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system 192 [23-48]
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel 196 [23-52]
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant 200 [23-56]
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment 204 [23-60]
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE) 206 [23-62]
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment 210 [23-66]
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs 214 [23-70]
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system 218 [23-74]
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment 220 [23-76]
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR 224 [23-80]
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording 226 [23-82]
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project) 228 [23-84]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-4


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref

Electrical power 231 [24]


24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries 232 [24-2]
OFF

Equipment/furnishings 235 [25]


25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield 238 [25-4]
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin 240 [25-6]
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit 244 [25-10]
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area 248 [25-14]
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels 252 [25-18]
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels 254 [25-20]
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds 258 [25-24]
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft 262 [25-28]
cargo holds
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold 268 [25-34]
(A320)
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold 272 [25-38]
(A321)
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding 274 [25-40]
carpet system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-5


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold 278 [25-44]
(A319/A320)
25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold 282 [25-48]
(A321)
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding 284 [25-50]
carpet system
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft 288 [25-54]
cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds 294 [25-60]
(A320/A321)
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS 298 [25-64]
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and 300 [25-66]
aft cargo holds
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319) 304 [25-70]
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area 308 [25-74]
(A319)
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold 312 [25-78]
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold 316 [25-82]

Fire protection 319 [26]


26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment 320 [26-2]
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment 324 [26-6]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-6


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment 328 [26-10]
26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min 330 [26-12]
26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min 334 [26-16]

Fuel 337 [28]


28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo 338 [28-2]
hold
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft 342 [28-6]
cargo hold
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold 346 [28-10]
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold 352 [28-16]
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing 356 [28-20]
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit 360 [28-24]
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel 364 [28-28]

Hydraulic power 367 [29]


29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment 368 [29-2]
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment 372 [29-6]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-7


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
Ice and rain protection 375 [30]
30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers 376 [30-2]
30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection 380 [30-6]
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system 382 [30-8]

Indicating/recording systems 387 [31]


31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels 388 [31-2]
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation 392 [31-6]
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment 396 [31-10]
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR) 402 [31-16]
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment 406 [31-20]
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities 410 [31-24]
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE) 412 [31-26]
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD) 416 [31-30]
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2) 420 [31-34]
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND) 422 [31-36]

Landing gear 425 [32]


32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment 426 [32-2]
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment 430 [32-6]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-8


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection 434 [32-10]
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans 438 [32-14]
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel 442 [32-18]

Lights 445 [33]


33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting) 446 [33-2]
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights 448 [33-4]
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights 450 [33-6]

Navigation 453 [34]


34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting 456 [34-4]
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes 460 [34-8]
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment 464 [34-12]
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment 468 [34-16]
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions 472 [34-20]
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation 476 [34-24]
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system 478 [34-26]
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment 480 [34-28]
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System 484 [34-32]
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment 488 [34-36]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-9


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs 492 [34-40]
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment 496 [34-44]
(SFE)
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS 500 [34-48]
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings 502 [34-50]
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS 504 [34-52]
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW) 506 [34-54]
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function 508 [34-56]
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate 510 [34-58]
equipment
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings 512 [34-60]
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions 514 [34-62]
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment 516 [34-64]
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT) 520 [34-68]
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation 522 [34-70]
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment 524 [34-72]
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system 528 [34-76]
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment 532 [34-80]
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system 536 [34-84]
34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment 540 [34-88]
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment 544 [34-92]
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function 548 [34-96]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-10


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function 550 [34-98]
34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR 552 [34-100]

Oxygen 555 [35]


35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder 556 [35-2]
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 560 [35-6]
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box 564 [35-10]
35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system 566 [35-12]
35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system 570 [35-16]

Water/waste 573 [38]


38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system 574 [38-2]
38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization 576 [38-4]
system

Information systems 579 [46]


46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC) 580 [46-2]
software for ATSU
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU 584 [46-6]
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function 586 [46-8]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-11


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+ 588 [46-10]
46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+ 590 [46-12]

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 593 [49]


49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment 594 [49-2]

Structures 597 [51]


51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention 598 [51-2]
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film 604 [51-8]
51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats) 608 [51-12]

Doors 611 [52]


52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319) 612 [52-2]
52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions) 616 [52-6]
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism 618 [52-8]

Fuselage 621 [53]


53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips 622 [53-2]
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection 626 [53-6]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-12


A320 Family Detailed table of contents
TITLE Page ATA ref
Stabilizers 629 [55]
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge 630 [55-2]

Windows 633 [56]


56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment 634 [56-2]

Wings 639 [57]


57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices 640 [57-2]
57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes 642 [57-4]

Engines 645 [72]


72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318) 646 [72-2]
72.00.119 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A319) 650 [72-6]
72.00.120 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A320) 654 [72-10]
72.00.121 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A321) 658 [72-14]

Engine fuel and control 661 [73]


73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring 662 [73-2]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-13


Detailed table
Detailed table of contents
of contents A320 Family
TITLE Page ATA ref
Oil 665 [79]
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate 666 [79-2]
lubricating oil
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on 670 [79-6]
engine RH fan cowl

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page DTOC-14


A320 Family Introduction 00

Reference Title
00.00.200 Introduction

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 1 [ 00-1]


00 Introduction A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction

Description 3) Instructions for use


1) General This Configuration Guide encompasses a wide range of
This Configuration Guide is dedicated to the aircraft options and in some circumstances, it is possible that a
models and associated Standard Specifications indicat- particular combination of options cannot be achieved.
ed on the first page. Therefore, the Configuration Guide must be used in
This Configuration Guide offers various options defined conjunction with the expertise and assistance of Airbus.
as "Airbus preferred solutions" to the customer.
When used in conjunction with the Standard Specifica- 4) Lead-times
tion and the other Configuration Guides a complete cus- This Configuration Guide shows items for which a pre-
tomization of the Aircraft is possible through the defined technical solution has been developed and for
selection of the different items and associated technical which the lead times have been studied. Provided the
solutions. schedule as defined in the customer definition mile-
stone chart is respected, these items can be installed
2) Basic aircraft without affecting the delivery lead time.
This Configuration Guide starts from the theoretical ba-
sic aircraft as shown in the reference layout for weight Caution:
and performance calculations of the corresponding Some items require longer lead-time than normal, and
Standard Specification and incorporating any relevant therefore customer decisions prior to Contractual Defi-
Manufacturer Specification Change Notice (MSCN). nition Freeze (CDF) deadlines. These items are high-
lighted in this catalogue by a special remark: "Subject to
lead-time constraints". For these items, specific deci-
sion deadlines shall be identified in customer definition
milestones.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 2 [ 00-2]


A320 Family Introduction 00
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)

5) Catalogue presentation As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows


On each page, the following information is provided: the ATA 100 classification. The items are sorted by nu-
• Air Transport Association of America (ATA) title and merical order of reference numbers within a given ATA
section number chapter.
• date of the issue of the catalogue
• option reference
The different options bear a 7-digit reference number:
For each item, the description is structured in subparts: (e.g: 26.24.600) showing first the ATA (e.g. 26) and sub-
• objective of the item ATA (e.g. 24) classification, followed by a running num-
• basic aircraft definition related to the item ber (e.g. 600).
• description of the item in terms of modifications, in
some cases commented by a note and/or illustrated Each technical solution (TDU) is referenced by a two-
by drawings
digit number (e.g. 02).
• EPAC selection mode for the item shows whether the
item is selectable by individual or global Request For All items are listed in the Table Of Content (TOC) and
Change (RFC)/Specification Change Notice (SCN) duplicated at the beginning of each chapter.
procedure
• technical solutions: a table describes all technical so- Definition of titles:
lutions (called TDU: Technical Description Unit) as-
sociated to the item. "... equipment selection", "... alternate equipment", "pro-
visions for...", "Installation of...".
Note: For comparison purposes, some tables also show a) items titled "... equipment selection" relate to items
the basic aircraft equipment, labelled Std (Standard) in where the standard specification offers a choice of basic
the TDU column. equipment. For such items the customer is requested to
select from one of the choices on offer, unless alternate
equipment is required.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 3 [ 00-3]


00 Introduction A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)

b) items titled "...alternate equipment" relate to items pend on successful product qualification and proof of
where the customer can choose equipment alternate to compliance with Airbus performance requirements and
that defined in the Standard Specification. customer expectations.

c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where Weights


the customer can add structural and/or system provi- Weight definitions are as follows:
sions to prepare the a/c for later installation. • MWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Manufacturer's Weight
Empty
d) items titled "Installation of..." relate to items where the • OWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Operator's Weight
Empty
customer can add functions/equipment/systems on top • APL: Effect of RFC/SCN on Available Payload
of the standard definition. All weights quoted are for one off unless otherwise stat-
ed.
Selection conditions TBD: Weight effects have yet to be determined for RFC/
Specific selection conditions may be associated to an SCN.
item and are identified by an icon and a special remark Negl: Weight effect is small and will be taken as zero for
visible in the TDU table (see example in the figure here- individual RFC/SCN.
after). Weights for alternative items are delta weights to the
corresponding Standard Specification unless otherwise
Such solutions may be at the initial phases of develop- stated.
ment or first application on Airbus aircraft. For these Where the EPAC selection mode is Global the weight of
items commitment to quality, industrial and technical ca- the item shall be part of the relevant Global RFC/SCN.
pabilities, on time delivery and customer support de- Any weights shown in the catalogue for such items are
for guidance only.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 4 [ 00-4]


A320 Family Introduction 00
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)

For some individual RFC/SCN the weight is dependent Specific customer request
on customer requirements, e.g. certain BFE items. The Items that are not mentioned in this Guide, or corre-
weights for such items shall be taken for guidance only sponding to a modified item, require specific customer
and will be identified as such. requests as a special feasibility study has to be initiated.
It is therefore essential for customers to review the Con-
6) Definition handling figuration Guide as soon as possible to identify which of
The customer's selection is recorded by Airbus in RFC their requirements are covered and which are not.
forms. This will allow the customers, with the assistance of Air-
Then, a SCN is issued by Airbus, based on a customer's bus, to raise in time the necessary specific requests re-
RFC, and is submitted for customer's signature. lated to items which are not covered by this Guide.
These RFCs/SCNs are issued before CDF directly on Such specific requests shall necessarily have an impact
customer request except if their content is to be adapt- in terms of lead times and resources and shall conse-
ed. quently lead to constraints and decisions that shall be
discussed in good faith between the customer and Air-
Global RFC/SCN bus. Airbus hereby forewarns that this may lead to the
The global RFC consists of a checklist containing items unfeasibility of certain requests.
with considerable interdependence and equivalent
lead-times. The global RFC leads to the global SCN 7) Buyer's responsibility
which groups all selected items. All installation of equipment by any entity other than the
Manufacturer (including but not limited to the Buyer) for
Individual RFC/SCN which provisions are made or which are post-delivery of
The selection of individual items not covered by global the aircraft shall be made under the sole and full respon-
RFC/SCN is achieved via individual RFCs/SCNs. sibility of the Buyer.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 5 [ 00-5]


00 Introduction A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)

The Buyer shall hold harmless and indemnify the Man-


ufacturer against any claims or/and damages related di-
rectly or indirectly to an incorrect installation of an
equipment or to such equipment itself, whether defec-
tive or not.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 6 [ 00-6]


A320 Family Introduction 00
Figure 00-1 - Typical page description
Detailed description page
Option reference and title Chapter cover page
with a list of available items

ATA title and section number

25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family


25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in Reference Title
fwd and aft cargo holds
25.52.212 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 fender for protection devices for the rapid decom-
To provide operational capability either to transport pression at frame 24 A. 25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average den- holds (A320/A321)
sity of 15 lb/cu ft. EPAC selection mode 25.52.310 Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Global CARGO
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 25.52.315 Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
200 25.52.404 Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
Full bulk configuration and structural provision for at- holds
taching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
. 25.52.407 Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical pro- 25.52.410 Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
vision for mechanized bulk loading system.
25.52.500 Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 25.52.511 Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold
200
The modification consists of the installation of:
. electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the for-
ward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 246 [ 26-4] Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012 Page 243 [ 26-1]

Option reference page number


Date of the issue of the catalogue (ATA section + page number within the section)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 7 [ 00-7]


00 Introduction A320 Family
Figure 00-2 - Example of technical solutions description table
Technical solution
identifier (TDU) Equipment information:
Weights information • reference
Title of the technical per series • vendor
Applicable MWE: Manufacturer’s Weight Empty
• PN (part numbers)
OWE: Operational Weight Empty
solution and optional series APL: Allowable Payload Change • quantity
Selection remarks Selection • status (BFE or SFE)
condition condition
remark
Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 122.0/122.0/-122.0


and aft cargo holds - without A321-200 102.0/102.0/-102.0
ACT provision (A320/A321)

02 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 153.0/153.0/-153.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

03 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A321-200 133.0/133.0/-133.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months.

04 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 177.0/177.0/-177.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 00.00.200 Page 8 [ 00-8]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02

Reference Title
02.10.104 Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats
02.10.111 Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.112 Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.120 15 knots tailwind certification
02.10.123 Operation on runways with reduced width
02.10.190 ETOPS 120/180 min
02.12.122 Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
02.12.123 Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
02.12.130 EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC runways
02.40.101 External livery

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 9 [ 02-1]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To certify passenger seats in accordance with seat Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats is
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically mandatory for FAA certification on A319 and A321, but
tested passenger seats. is already included in the following option:
CN02.10.111/01 - Compliance with FAA type certifica-
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- tion requirements.
200
A319/A320/A321 EPAC selection mode
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat Individual
frame specification AI 2520M1F000100.
A318
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F000500 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.104 Page 10 [ 02-2]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Certification of dynamically A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


tested passenger seats B/C A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

06 Certification of dynamically A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


tested passenger seats Y/C A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.104 Page 11 [ 02-3]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements

Objective • installation of modified emergency exit inscription


To install all modifications to be in compliance with FAA and marking
type certification requirements. • installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
Basic aircraft • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25 A320-200
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet). • installation of ozone converters
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription
Description and marking
The following changes shall be carried-out to be in com- • installation of maximum 179 passenger seats
pliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective Air- • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
craft type:
A318-100 A321-200
• installation of ozone converters
• installation of ozone converters • installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
and marking
equivalent)
• installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as • installation of passageways to emergency exits.
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
• installation of weight placard on each overwing hatch Note
• installation of passageways to emergency exits. On US registered a/c the installation of variable geome-
try seats in conjunction with photoluminescent floor-
A319-100 mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
• installation of ozone converters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.111 Page 12 [ 02-4]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.111 Page 13 [ 02-5]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
Table 02-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Compliance with FAA type cer- A319-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0


tification requirements (A319/ A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A320/A321)
For A319 and A321, not compatible with
CN02.10.104 - 16 g Certification of
dynamically passenger seats.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone cata-
lytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.

08 Compliance with FAA type cer- A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0


tification requirements (A318)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone cata-
lytic converters.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.111 Page 14 [ 02-6]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.111 Page 15 [ 02-7]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements

Objective A320-200
To install all modifications except cabin arrangement re- • installation of ozone converters
quirements, to be partially in compliance with FAA type • installation of modified emergency exit inscription
certification requirements. and marking.

Basic aircraft A321-200


The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance • installation of ozone converters.
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet). Note
• on US registered a/c the installation of variable ge-
ometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent
Description floor-mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
The following changes shall be carried-out to be partial- • upon the selection of this option, AIRBUS will, no lat-
ly in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the re- er than 6 months before aircraft Industrial Delivery,
spective aircraft type: issue the FAA Type Design Statement to the end
customer including:
A318-100 - "Compliance Status to the FAA Type Design" (List of
• installation of ozone converters Modifications required to meet US Type Design)
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking - "Additional Requirements to obtain a US Standard Air-
• installation of weight placard on each overwing worthiness Certificate" (Customization status for US op-
hatch. erations).
• the selection of this option ensures the partial compli-
A319-100 ance of the individual aircraft MSN to the FAA Type
• installation of ozone converters Design, at the exclusion of the cabin layout.
• installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.112 Page 16 [ 02-8]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)

• the delivery of a US Standard Airworthiness Certifi-


cate at Aircraft ID is subject to a prior FAA validation
process of the Aircraft customized definition. AIR-
BUS will timely initiate and control this process pro-
vided the end customer delivers, no later than 6
months before Aircraft ID, the final N-Registration
marks allocated by the FAA to the individual aircraft
MSN. Failure to meet this objective may generate
changes to the contractual definition (de-validation of
Modifications not timely approved by the FAA or De-
lay of the aircraft ID
• a revised FAA TD Statement will be provided at time
of delivery.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.112 Page 17 [ 02-9]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
Table 02-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

04 Partial compliance with FAA A319-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0


type certification require- A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
ments (without seat arrange-
ment requirements)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone cata-
lytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.

06 Partial compliance with FAA A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0


type certification require-
ments (without seat arrange-
ment requir) (A318)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone cata-
lytic converters.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.112 Page 18 [ 02-10]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.112 Page 19 [ 02-11]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification

Objective • additional engine characteristics justifications with


To be able to take off with a tailwind component up to tailwind, in particular in terms of engine inlet.
15 knots depending on engine type.
Note
Basic aircraft Depending on the sensitivity of the engine inlet charac-
In the absence of specific flight tests, the usual interpre- teristics with a tailwind, a slower thrust application at
tation of the current certification requirements is to limit take-off may be necessary, which in turn may require
the tailwind operations to a maximum component of "rolling take-off procedure". Both effects may require
10 knots. long take-off distances and consequent aircraft gross
weight penalties for a given runway length.
Description
In order to operate the aircraft at a tailwind component EPAC selection mode
up to 15 knots, severe conditions shall be conducted by Individual
the aircraft manufacturer. This includes flight test dem-
onstrations with 1.5 x the desired limit in terms of tail-
wind.

The certification dossier for tailwind operations at take-


off shall include:
• new performance justifications, updating of flight
manual and flight crew operating manual
• additional handling qualities demonstrations in flight,
including justification/modifications (if necessary) of
the computers settings (angle of attack protection
settings, windshear warning ...)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.120 Page 20 [ 02-12]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 15 knots tailwind certification A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


at take-off A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.120 Page 21 [ 02-13]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width

Objective EPAC selection mode


To authorize aircraft operation on runways with a width Individual
comprised between 30 m and 45 m.

Basic aircraft
The standard aircraft is certificated for operation on run-
ways with a minimum width of 45 m.

Description
Certification for operation on runways less than
45 meters wide (width comprised between 30 m and
45 m) is achieved by performing the following modifica-
tions:
• new performance justifications, updating of flight
manuals and TLC
• new definition of MMEL, updating of certification doc-
uments
• adjustment of limitations (e.g. crosswind, autoland),
updating of MEL and CDL.

Note
For aircraft equipped with a CLS and operating on re-
duced runway width, it is recommended to select a bulk
loading option.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.123 Page 22 [ 02-14]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Aircraft Operation on runways A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


less than 45m wide A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
Not applicable in conjunction with PW A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
engines

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.123 Page 23 [ 02-15]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min

Objective ETOPS operation authorization can only be obtained


To make the design capable of 120/180 min maximum through application by the operator to its national au-
diversion time from diversion airport at normal one en- thority. During the operational life of the aircraft, addi-
gine inoperative cruise speed. tional modifications may be necessary to maintain
systems reliability at the required level. They are not
Basic aircraft covered by this change.
Basic certification is with class C cargo holds. Requires prior acceptance of CN26.23.111 - Cargo
holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS
Description 120 min or CN26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguish-
Modifications concern the supply of some systems in
ers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min.
electrical emergency conditions and their reliability as
It is mandatory to have at least one HF installed for
required by the applicable ETOPS Configuration Main-
ETOPS 120/180. Therefore, this option requires prior
tenance and Procedure (CMP) document at the time of
acceptance of CN23.11.116 - Installation of single HF
aircraft delivery.
system (SFE), or CN23.11.131 - Installation of single
HF system and full provision for second one (SFE), or
Note
The precise list of modifications depends upon the se- CN23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE).
lected configuration of the aircraft: If the aircraft makes extended over water flights, under
• applicable airworthiness requirement EU-OPS 1 requirements, it is the responsibility of the
• engine model operator to install slide rafts (EECG item CN25.62.102)
• APU type and two portable ELTs (EECG item CN25.65.305).
• cargo hold ventilation, heating.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 24 [ 02-16]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Figure 02-1 - ETOPS - area of operation
(Non ETOPS twins) Typical single engine speed Typical single engine speed

60 minute rule 120 minute rule

Typical single engine speed

One engine failure flight path


(condition of ETOPS requirement)

180 minute rule

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 25 [ 02-17]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
Figure 02-2 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A318)

A318 - ETOPS 120 min A318 - ETOPS 180 min

EASA/JAA FAA EASA/JAA FAA

CFM56-5B8/3 CN02.10.200/05 CN02.10.200/06 CN02.10.300/05 CN02.10.300/06


CFM56-5B9/3 CN02.10.200/07 CN02.10.200/08 CN02.10.300/07 CN02.10.300/08

PW6122A CN02.10.200/11 CN02.10.200/12 CN02.10.300/11 CN02.10.300/12


PW6124A CN02.10.200/13 CN02.10.200/14 CN02.10.300/13 CN02.10.300/14

Certified = SCG item Not certified


(no lead-time constraint) (lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 26 [ 02-18]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Figure 02-3 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A319)

A319 - ETOPS 120 min A319 - ETOPS 180 min

EASA/JAA FAA EASA/JAA FAA

CFM56-5B5/3 CN02.10.210/03 CN02.10.210/04 CN02.10.310/03 CN02.10.310/04


CFM56-5B6/3 CN02.10.210/15 CN02.10.210/16 CN02.10.310/15 CN02.10.310/16
CFM56-5B7/3 CN02.10.210/37 CN02.10.210/38 CN02.10.310/37 CN02.10.310/38
IAE V2522-A5 CN02.10.210/41 CN02.10.210/42 CN02.10.310/41 CN02.10.310/42
IAE V2524-A5 CN02.10.210/51 CN02.10.210/52 CN02.10.310/51 CN02.10.310/52
IAE V2527M-A5 CN02.10.210/61 CN02.10.210/62 CN02.10.310/61 CN02.10.310/62

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 27 [ 02-19]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
Figure 02-4 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A320)

A320 - ETOPS 120 min A320 - ETOPS 180 min

EASA/JAA FAA EASA/JAA FAA

CFM56-5B4/3 CN02.10.220/03 CN02.10.220/04 CN02.10.320/03 CN02.10.320/04


CFM56-5B5/3 CN02.10.220/05 N/A CN02.10.320/05 N/A
CFM56-5B6/3 CN02.10.220/07 N/A CN02.10.320/07 N/A
IAE V2527-A5 CN02.10.220/41 CN02.10.220/42 CN02.10.320/41 CN02.10.320/42
IAE V2527E-A5 CN02.10.220/51 CN02.10.220/52 CN02.10.320/51 CN02.10.320/52

Certified = SCG item N/A = Not Applicable


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 28 [ 02-20]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Figure 02-5 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A321)

A321 - ETOPS 120 min A321 - ETOPS 180 min

EASA/JAA FAA EASA/JAA FAA

CFM56-5B1/3 CN02.10.240/09 CN02.10.240/10 CN02.10.330/09 CN02.10.330/10


CFM56-5B2/3 CN02.10.240/30 CN02.10.240/31 CN02.10.330/30 CN02.10.330/31
CFM56-5B3/3 CN02.10.240/13 CN02.10.240/14 CN02.10.330/13 CN02.10.330/14
IAE V2530-A5 CN02.10.240/21 CN02.10.240/22 CN02.10.330/21 CN02.10.330/22
IAE V2533-A5 CN02.10.240/11 CN02.10.240/12 CN02.10.330/11 CN02.10.330/12

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.10.190 Page 29 [ 02-21]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1

Objective
To provide compliance status report against EU-OPS 1,
subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, at aircraft delivery.

Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft does not comply with EU-OPS 1, sub-
parts K, L & S (cabin emergency equipment, Emergen-
cy Locator Transmitter (ELT) installation, TCAS change
7.0, ...).

Description
At aircraft delivery, a compliance status report against
EU-OPS 1, subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, shall be
provided.

Note
The operator is responsible to show to their national op-
erational authority the compliance of their aircraft with
EU-OPS 1. AIRBUS is providing help by raising a factu-
al compliance review and cannot be responsible for the
non-compliance which may be identified.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.122 Page 30 [ 02-22]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Compliance status with EU- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


OPS 1 - subpart K plus L A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
requirements A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

02 Compliance with EU-OPS 1 - A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


subpart K, L and S require- A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
ments A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.122 Page 31 [ 02-23]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)

Objective
To certify passenger seats and cabin attendant seats in
accordance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Crite-
ria - HIC).

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The passenger seat and cabin attendant seat configu-
ration shall be compliant with CS25/FAR 25.562
regulation.
In particular, dynamic tests are required on passenger
seats and cabin attendant seats to demonstrate such
compliance for the agreed validated cabin layout.

Note
Airbus commitment to show compliance with such reg-
ulation at delivery remains subject to the on-time suc-
cessful seat supplier results of passenger seat dynamic
tests.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.123 Page 32 [ 02-24]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Compliance with CS25/FAR A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
HIC) A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.123 Page 33 [ 02-25]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC
runways
Objective for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-200 state, taking into account the specific braking friction co-
To allow Take-Off/Landing performance calculation on efficient. The minimum OCTOPUS version needed for
wet runway taking credit of specific runway pavement calculation of the Landing A/C performance is V25.
(grooved or Porous Friction Course). On those specific
pavements, a higher braking friction coefficient, than on EPAC selection mode
standard smooth runways, can be reached. Individual
The grooved/PFC (Porous Friction Course) runway is
associated to a specific braking friction coefficient on
wet runway.

Basic aircraft for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-


200
None.

Description for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-


200
The modification consists in introducing the relevant
limitations and performance through the AFM supple-
ment to cover Take-Off/Landing operations under wet
conditions on grooved/PFC runways.
The minimum OCTOPUS version needed is V23.1 that
allows as an option to select the calculation of the Take
Off A/C performance (Accelerate Stop Distance) either
on a smooth runway state or on a grooved/PFC runway

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.130 Page 34 [ 02-26]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Table 02-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 EASA certification of Take-Off A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


operation on wet grooved / A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
PFC runways

02 EASA certification of Landing A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


operation on wet grooved / A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
PFC runways

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.12.130 Page 35 [ 02-27]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
02.40.101 - External livery

Objective • leading edges of slats


To deliver the aircraft painted in the livery of the buyer. • engine intake lips and exhaust, parts of pylons
External livery means fuselage, vertical stabilizer and • scuff plates
nacelles. • horizontal stabilizer shield
• THS forward leading edge
• forward pylon fairings
Basic aircraft • equipment details such as angle of attack sensors,
The aircraft is delivered painted in white (fuselage, ver- static ports, selected antennas etc.
tical stabilizer), and light grey (wings, Trimmable Hori-
zontal Stabilizer (THS) and nacelles). Note 2:
External markings are in English only. One RFC will be issued for drawing identification.

Description Note 3:
The aircraft fuselage, vertical stabilizer and nacelles The complexity of each external livery (design, paint
shall be painted according to the livery of the customer blending and/or fading, number of colours, product se-
as defined by: lection, ...), can affect the paint production cycle. Con-
• a drawing prepared by AIRBUS, based on decorative sequently, each external livery is investigated on an
instructions from the customer (paper, floppy disk, individual basis, and relevant terms and conditions will
etc.)
• painted colour samples prepared by AIRBUS, based be mentioned in the corresponding SCN (Specification
on instructions from the customer (colour references, Change Notice).
samples).
EPAC selection mode
Note Individual
Note 1:
Some metallic areas are and remain unpainted:

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.40.101 Page 36 [ 02-28]


A320 Family Certification and external livery 02
Figure 02-6 - External livery (A319)

A319 shown
Principles valid for all A320 Family versions

IAE engine nacelle


anti-skid paint

CFM engine nacelle


THS leading edge
unpainted

Apron fairing
Slat leading edge
unpainted

THS travel area

Grey M9001 (polyurethane top coat)


Grey M9004 (upper wing coating)
White M8002
Metallic unpainted

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.40.101 Page 37 [ 02-29]


02 Certification and external livery A320 Family
Table 02-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 External livery A318-100 TBD/TBD/TBD External livery TBD TBD SFE


A319-100 TBD/TBD/TBD
A320-200 TBD/TBD/TBD
A321-200 TBD/TBD/TBD

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 02.40.101 Page 38 [ 02-30]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03

Reference Title
03.20.300 Design weights (A318)
03.20.400 Design weights (A319)
03.20.500 Design weights (A320)
03.20.600 Design weights (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 39 [ 03-1]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
03.20.300 - Design weights (A318)

Objective for A318-100 EPAC selection mode


To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- Individual
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select-
able weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).

Basic aircraft for A318-100


The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 59.4 t
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 59 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 56 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 53 t.

Description for A318-100


• changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Man-
ual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Opera-
tion Manual, ...)
• modification of the CG diagram
• changes in all performance related manuals and soft-
ware to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, …)
• replacement of labels bonded to the MLG main fitting
indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the wheels when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.300 Page 40 [ 03-2]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-1 - Design weight options (A318)

8/3

/3
B9

A
56 1

M5 12

PW 8-121

PW 8-122
-5B
1

22

24
Weight

CF 18-1

CF 18-1
6-5
Design weights (t)

61

61
variant

1
A3

A3

A3

A3
M
CN03.20.311 CN03.20.312 CN03.20.321 CN03.20.322 TDU
MTOW 59 Certified = SCG item
000 MLW 56 Basic Basic Basic Basic 20 (no lead-time constraint)
MZFW 53
MTOW 61.5
001 MLW 56 Certified Certified Certified Certified 01
MZFW 53
MTOW 63
002 MLW 57.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified 02
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 64.5
003 MLW 57.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified 03
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 66
004 MLW 57.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified 04
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 68
005 MLW 57.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified 05
MZFW 54.5
MTOW 56
006 MLW 56 Certified Certified Certified Certified 06
MZFW 53
MTOW 61
007 MLW 56 Certified Certified Certified Certified 07
MZFW 53
MTOW 64
008 MLW 56 Certified Certified Certified Certified 08
MZFW 53

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.300 Page 41 [ 03-3]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
Figure 03-2 - Basic CG limits diagram (A318)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80

75 75

70 70

65 65

60 MTOW 59 000 kg 60
57 MLW 56 000 kg
56
55 MZFW 53 000 kg 55

50 50
Flight Flight
45 45
42.6 Landing
Take-off
40 40
Landing

35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC
32.2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.300 Page 42 [ 03-4]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-3 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A318)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80

75 75

32.0
33.0
16.7

18.7
70 MTOW 68 000 kg 70

65 65
63 63

60 MLW 57 500 kg 60

56 57
55 MZFW 54 500 kg 55
Flight
50 50
Flight
45 Landing 45
Take-off
Take-off
40 40.6 40
31.18

Landing

35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.300 Page 43 [ 03-5]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
03.20.400 - Design weights (A319)

Objective for A319-100 Note for A319-100


To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
able weight variants associated with basic and optional modified accordingly.
engines/aircraft models).
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft for A319-100 Individual
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 64.4 t
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 64 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 61 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 57 t.

Description for A319-100


• changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Man-
ual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Opera-
tion Manual, ...)
• modification of the CG diagram
• changes in all performance related manuals and soft-
ware to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, ...)
• replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.400 Page 44 [ 03-6]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-4 - Design weight options (A319)

A5
5/3

6/3

5
5
7/3
56 111

25 31

V2 -132
56 112

25 133
56 115

4-A
-A

M-
-5B

-5B

E V -1
-5B

22
Weight

27
E V 319-
-

52
IA 319
CF A319

IAE 319
CF A319

CF 319
Design weights (t)
variant

A
A
M

IA
CN03.20.411 CN03.20.412 CN03.20.415 CN03.20.431 CN03.20.432 CN03.20.433 TDU
MTOW 64
000 MLW 61 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 20
MZFW 57
MTOW 70
001 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 01 Certified = SCG item
MZFW 57 (no lead-time constraint)
MTOW 75.5
002 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 02
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 68
003 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 03
MZFW 57
MTOW 68
004 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 04
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 70
005 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 05
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 73.5
006 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 06
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 75.5
007 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 07
MZFW 57
MTOW 64
008 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 08
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 66
009 MLW 62.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 09
MZFW 58.5
MTOW 66
011 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 11
MZFW 57
MTOW 62
012 MLW 61 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 12
MZFW 57

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.400 Page 45 [ 03-7]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
Figure 03-5 - Basic CG limits diagram (A319)

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)


15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
80 80

75 75

70 70

65 MTOW 64 000kg 65
MLW 61 000kg
60 60
MZFW 57 000kg

55 55

50 49.6 50

45 Take-off
45
Flight
Take-off/landing
40 40
Flight
Landing
35.4
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.400 Page 46 [ 03-8]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-6 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A319)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
80 80

24

26

36
37
MTOW 75 500 kg
75 74.5 75

70 70

65.3
65 65
MLW 62 500 kg

60 MZFW 58 500 kg 60

25
55 55

50 49.6 50

45 45
Take-off
Take-off/landing Flight
40 Flight 40
Landing
35.4
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.400 Page 47 [ 03-9]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
03.20.500 - Design weights (A320)

Objective for A320-200 • possible limitations associated to high design


To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- weights (for example maximum taxiing speed during
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- turns).
able weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models). Note for A320-200
If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
Basic aircraft for A320-200
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 008) modified accordingly.
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 73.9 t EPAC selection mode
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 73.5 t Individual
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 64.5 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 61.0 t.

Description for A320-200


• changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Man-
ual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Opera-
tion Manual, …)
• modification of the CG diagram
• changes in all performance related manuals and soft-
ware to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, …)
• replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.500 Page 48 [ 03-10]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-7 - Design weight options (A320)
Weight Design weights A320-214 A320-215 A320-216 A320-232 A320-233
Variant (tons) CFM 56-5B4/3 CFM 56-5B5/3 CFM 56-5B6/3 IAE V2527-A5 IAE V2527E-A5

CN03.20.514 CN03.20.515 CN03.20.516 CN03.20.532 CN03.20.533 TDU


MTOW 73.5
Certified = SCG item (no lead-
008 MLW 64.5 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 08
time constraint)
MZFW 61
MTOW 75.5
N/A = Not Applicable
009 MLW 64.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 09
MZFW 61
MTOW 77
010 MLW 64.5 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 10
MZFW 61
MTOW 75.5
011 MLW 66 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 11
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 77
012 MLW 66 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 12
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 71.5
013 MLW 64.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 13
MZFW 61
MTOW 73.5
014 MLW 64.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 14
MZFW 61.5
MTOW 78
015 MLW 64.5 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 15
MZFW 61
MTOW 73.5
016 MLW 66 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 16
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 78
017 MLW 66 Certified N/A N/A Certified Certified 17
MZFW 62.5
MTOW 71.5
018 MLW 66 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 18
MZFW 62.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.500 Page 49 [ 03-11]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
Figure 03-8 - Basic CG limits diagram (A320)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)
15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
90 90

85 85

80 80

75 MTOW 73 500kg 75

70 69.5 70

MLW 64 500kg
65 65
MZFW 61 000kg
60 60

55 55

50 50
47.5
45 45
Take-off
Take-off/landing Flight
40 Landing 40
Flight
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.500 Page 50 [ 03-12]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-9 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A320)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.500 Page 51 [ 03-13]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
03.20.600 - Design weights (A321)

Objective for A321-200 Note for A321-200


To allow the customer to select predefined alternate de- If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is in-
sign weight variants as shown in following table (select- stalled, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
able weight variants associated with basic and optional modified accordingly.
engines/aircraft models).
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft for A321-200 Individual
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
• Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 89.4 t
• Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 89.0 t
• Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 75.5 t
• Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 71.5 t.

Description for A321-200


• changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Man-
ual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Opera-
tion Manual, …)
• modification of the CG diagram
• changes in all performance related manuals and soft-
ware to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, …)
• replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
• possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.600 Page 52 [ 03-14]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-10 - Design weight options (A321)

3/3

/3

5
/3

5
56 211

6-5 3

V2 -232
V2 -231
6-5 2

0-A
3-A
M5 -21
B2
B1
M5 -21
-5B
Weight

-
CF A321

CF A321

IAE A321
53
IAE A321
53
CF 321
Design weights (t)
variant

A
M
CN03.20.611 CN03.20.612 CN03.20.613 CN03.20.631 CN03.20.632 TDU
MTOW 89
Certified = SCG item
000 MLW 75.5 Basic Basic Basic Basic Basic 20
(no lead-time constraint)
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 93
001 MLW 77.8 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 01 Not yet certified = certification possible
MZFW 73.8 on specific customer request
MTOW 89 (lead-time constraint)
002 MLW 77.8 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 02
MZFW 73.8
MTOW 87
004 MLW 75.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 04
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 85
005 MLW 75.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 05
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 83
006 MLW 75.5 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 06
MZFW 71.5
MTOW 83
Not yet Not yet
007 MLW 73.5 Certified Certified Certified 07
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 80
Not yet Not yet
008 MLW 73.5 Certified Certified Certified 08
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 78
Not yet Not yet
009 MLW 73.5 Certified Certified Certified 09
certified certified
MZFW 69.5
MTOW 85
Not yet Not yet
010 MLW 77.8 Certified Certified Certified 10
certified certified
MZFW 73.8
MTOW 93.5
011 MLW 77.8 Certified Certified Certified Certified Certified 11
MZFW 73.8

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.600 Page 53 [ 03-15]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family
Figure 03-11 - Basic CG limits diagram (A321)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41% RC
95 95

90 90
MTOW 89 000kg
85 85
81.8
80 80

40.1
MLW 75 500kg
75 75
MZFW 71 500kg
70 70

65 65

Take-off
60 60

55 55

50 50

45 Flight 45
Landing
Take-off/landing
40 40
Flight
35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.600 Page 54 [ 03-16]


A320 Family General aircraft design criteria 03
Figure 03-12 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A321)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000) Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 %RC
95 95

17
91.5 MTOW 93 500 kg

88
21.65
90 90

19.65

36.
89.0

83
37.
85 85
15.33

.16
17.5
80 80.3 80
15.5

39
MLW 77 800 kg 79.2

40.6
75 MZFW 73 800 kg 75.5 75
9.5

70 70

65 65

60 60

55 55

50 50
Take-off/landing Flight
45 45
Flight 42.9 Landing
Take-off
40 40
E23_011_232A

35 35
05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45%RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.600 Page 55 [ 03-17]


03 General aircraft design criteria A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 03.20.600 Page 56 [ 03-18]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Reference Title
11.00.124 Installation of leasing identification plates
11.20.100 Second language for door operation external placards and markings
11.20.110 Second language for selected external placards and markings
11.20.119 Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
11.20.135 Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards
11.21.101 Emergency cut-out markings
11.22.100 Landing gear placards
11.30.100 Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
11.30.121 Second language for cargo compartment placards
11.30.136 US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
11.33.101 Placard for flight crew oxygen system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 57 [ 11-1]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates

Objective
To install supplementary (leasing) identification plates
on the aircraft.

Basic aircraft
Manufacturer and owner plates are installed on the
frame of the forward RH passenger/crew/service door.
A SELCAL plate is installed on the main instrument pan-
el.

Description
Leasing plates are installed on each engine, on the up-
per frame of the forward LH passenger door and on the
cockpit side of lavatory A partition according to custom-
er requirements.

Note
The wording of the plates shall be provided to AIRBUS
contracts as soon as possible or at the latest one week
before the start of the ground check.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.00.124 Page 58 [ 11-2]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Table 11-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of leasing identifi- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


cation plates on engines, LH A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
door frame and Lav A partition A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

02 Installation of leasing identifi- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


cation plates on engines A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

03 Installation of leasing identifi- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


cation plates on LH door frame A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

04 Installation of leasing identifi- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


cation plates on Lavatory A A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
partition A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.00.124 Page 59 [ 11-3]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings

Objective EPAC selection mode


To provide exterior placards and markings related to Individual
door operation in bilingual (English and a second lan-
guage) instead of English only.

Basic aircraft
Exterior placards and markings are in English.

Description
The following exterior placards and markings, related to
operation, shall be bilingual:
• passenger/crew doors and emergency exits
• cargo doors.
(These markings are considered as one single pack-
age).

Note
• the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if nec-
essary, shall be provided by the customer (high qual-
ity scale one printout and/or floppy disk)
• an individual RFC has to be issued with the second
language identification (refer to external markings
booklets).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.100 Page 60 [ 11-4]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Table 11-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Second language for door A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
operation external placards A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
and markings A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.100 Page 61 [ 11-5]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings

Objective
To provide selected external placards and markings in
bilingual (English and a second language) instead of
English only.

Basic aircraft
External placards and markings are in English.

Description
In addition to the external placards dedicated to residual
cabin pressure warnings and doors operation, it is pos-
sible to select some of the others external placards and
markings as bilingual ones.

Note
• the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if nec-
essary, shall be provided by the customer
• an individual RFC has to be issued for second lan-
guage identification and the selection of concerned
placards and markings (refer to external markings
booklets).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.110 Page 62 [ 11-6]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Table 11-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Second language for selected A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
external placards and mark-
ings (A319)

02 Second language for selected A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
external placards and mark-
ings (A320)

03 Second language for selected A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
external placards and mark-
ings (A321)

04 Second language for selected A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
external placards and mark-
ings (A318)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.110 Page 63 [ 11-7]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers

Objective
To provide permanent steering markers on the nose
landing gear doors.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
Nose wheel steering maximum angle markings (corre-
sponding to a +/- 85 degree wheel position) and associ-
ated "NO TOW" texts shall be provided on both aft
doors of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
The areas shall be red with a 5 mm width white border
depending on background color (to be defined by AIR-
BUS). "NO TOW" shall be white.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.119 Page 64 [ 11-8]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-1 - NO TOW markings on NLG aft doors

LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.119 Page 65 [ 11-9]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

18 Nose wheel steering "NO A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


TOW" zone and text on NLG aft A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
doors A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.119 Page 66 [ 11-10]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.119 Page 67 [ 11-11]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door
warning placards
Objective EPAC selection mode
To provide translation in a second language for residual Individual
cabin and cargo pressure exterior door warnings.

Basic aircraft
To give warning on the ground that door handle opera-
tion with a cargo differential pressure will cause violent
door opening:
• passenger/crew/service doors are basically
equipped with a red light flashing if cabin differential
pressure is above 2.5 mbar
• cargo doors are basically equipped with a vent door
actuated when door lever is unlocked
• residual cabin pressure door warning placards on
passenger/crew/service doors, emergency exits and
cargo compartment doors are provided in English
language with space for a second language.

Note
• the translation of the English wording into the lan-
guage to be applied (customer text) shall be provided
by the customer in accordance with the associated
customer request
• the translation of the interior warning placards for re-
sidual pressure is to be selected through CCG item
CN11.30.110 TDU 43.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.135 Page 68 [ 11-12]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-2 - Cabin and cargo exterior placards location for residual pressure

Window

Outside Cargo doors outside

Slide armed*
Cabin pressure
indicator

Window Vent door

PUSH Handle
HERE

Flap

Space for
second

DANGER * language
WARNING *
ENSURE THAT YOU ARE POSITIONED
DO NOT OPEN DOOR
LEFT OF THE DOOR FRAME WHILE
IF RED WARNING LIGHT IS FLASHING
UNLOCKING THE CARGO DOOR TO AVOID
(CABIN PRESSURIZED !)
INJURY IN CASE OF SUDDEN DOOR OPENING

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.135 Page 69 [ 11-13]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Second language for residual A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
cabin & cargo pressure exte- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
rior door warning placards A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.135 Page 70 [ 11-14]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.20.135 Page 71 [ 11-15]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings

Objective
To enable rescue personnel to cut through the fuselage
structure with minimum obstruction/hindrance during
rescue operation.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The emergency-cut out markings are applied around a
cabin window on the outer LH and RH side fuselage in-
cluding the English wording "CUT HERE IN EMER-
GENCY".
2 marking sets are applied on each side for A318 / A319
/ A320 and 3 marking sets for A321.

Note
The location depends on the interior monument posi-
tioning.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.21.101 Page 72 [ 11-16]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-3 - Emergency cut-out markings

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.21.101 Page 73 [ 11-17]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Emergency cut-out markings A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

14 Bilingual emergency cut-out A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Colour TBD 1 SFE


markings A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Language place- TBD 1 SFE
ment
Second language TBD 1 SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.21.101 Page 74 [ 11-18]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.21.101 Page 75 [ 11-19]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.22.100 - Landing gear placards

Objective
To provide more detailed information for the mainte-
nance.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
An "Inflate tyres with nitrogen only" placard is installed
on the NLG.
This placard is identical to the one basically installed on
the MLG.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.22.100 Page 76 [ 11-20]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Table 11-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 "INFLATE TYRES WITH NITRO- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


GEN ONLY" placard on NLG A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.22.100 Page 77 [ 11-21]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds

Objective for A320-200 and A321-200


To provide indication for accessibility of system compo-
nents installed behind the lining and partitions of for-
ward and aft cargo holds.

Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200


All placards within the cargo holds are installed in line
with the basic aircraft and different system options tak-
en by the customer.

Description for A320-200 and A321-200


The following additional access placards shall be in-
stalled in forward and aft cargo holds to direct and ease
access for affected equipment:
• ACCESS RAD.ALT.I (RADio ALTimeter transceiver)
• ACCESS RAD.ALT.II
• ACCESS TO parts of recirculation system
• ECB ACCESS PANEL (Electronic Control Box)
• VSC ACCESS PANEL (Vacuum System Controller)
• ACCESS TO several system components

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.100 Page 78 [ 11-22]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-4 - Additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds

ACCESS RAD. ALT. I


ECB VSC
ACCESS RAD. ALT. II ACCESS PANEL ACCESS PANEL

ACCESS TO ACCESS TO
- RECIRCULATION FILTER
- RECIRCULATION FAN
- CONTROL UNIT FOR
- TRIM AIR VALVES DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
- TRIM AIR REG. VALVE - ACCELEROMETER UNIT
- MIXER FLAP ACTUATOR
- FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLES

REMOVE THIS LINING


REMOVE THIS LINING

Typical access placards

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.100 Page 79 [ 11-23]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of additional A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


access placards in forward and A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
aft cargo holds
Basic on A318/A319

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.100 Page 80 [ 11-24]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.100 Page 81 [ 11-25]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards

Objective
To install bilingual cargo compartment placards and
signs.

Basic aircraft
The standard cargo compartment placards and signs
are monolingual and in English only.

Description
The bilingual cargo compartment placards and signs
can be installed either with:
• English below and a second customer nominated
language
or with:
• English above and a second customer nominated
language.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.121 Page 82 [ 11-26]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-5 - Cargo compartment placards

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT Monolingual - Basic

MIN. 2” CLEARANCE TO CEILING


10 - D255.72950.302

BILINGUAL PLACARD OPTIONS - EXAMPLE : English / Portuguese

ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO Bilingual - Second language / English (TDU 02)


MAX. LOADING HEIGHT
A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING
- EXAMPLE ONLY -

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT


ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO Bilingual - English / Second language (TDU 03)

MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING


A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
- EXAMPLE ONLY -

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.121 Page 83 [ 11-27]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Monolingual cargo compart- A318-100


ment placards and signs - A319-100
A320-200
English only A321-200

02 Bilingual cargo compartment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
placards and signs - English A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
below and second language A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

03 Bilingual cargo compartment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Second language TBD TBD SFE
placards and signs - English A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
above and second language A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.121 Page 84 [ 11-28]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.121 Page 85 [ 11-29]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


To install cargo compartment height indication placards
with US and metric units (inch and mm).

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
The standard cargo compartment height indication plac-
ards show US units only.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
The cargo compartment height indication placards with
US and metric units shall be installed in fwd and aft car-
go holds on side lining close to ceiling to indicate the
maximum allowed height for bulk cargo operation.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.136 Page 86 [ 11-30]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-6 - Cargo compartment height placards in US and metric units

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT


MIN. 2 in (50.8 mm) CLEARANCE TO CEILING
10 0255 72950.306

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.136 Page 87 [ 11-31]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 US and metric units for cargo A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


compartment height placards A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Basic on A318 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.136 Page 88 [ 11-32]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.30.136 Page 89 [ 11-33]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system

Objective
Provide more detailed information for the maintenance.

Basic aircraft
General recommendation is provided.

Description
The oxygen supply system label shall feature the follow-
ing wording:
Oxygen supply system
• work to be performed by authorized personnel only
• ensure hands & tools are clean to prevent system
contamination
• during bottle replacement protect disconnected
ends.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.33.101 Page 90 [ 11-34]


A320 Family Placards and markings 11
Figure 11-7 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system

PRE MOD POST MOD

OXYGEN SUPPLY SYSTEM


BOTTLE REPLACEMENT - WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY
- ONLY AUTHORIZED OPERATION: AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
REMOVAL OF THE BOTTLES (S) - ENSURE HANDS & TOOLS ARE CLEAN
- DURING THE OPERATION PROTECT TO PREVENT SYS. CONTAMINATION
DISCONNECTED ENDS - DURING BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
PROTECT DISCONNECTED ENDS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.33.101 Page 91 [ 11-35]


11 Placards and markings A320 Family
Table 11-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Oxygen supply system label A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


change A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 11.33.101 Page 92 [ 11-36]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Reference Title
21.20.108 Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection
21.22.100 Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
21.26.110 Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
21.27.108 Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
21.28.201 Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
21.28.210 Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
21.41.100 Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
21.43.201 Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
21.43.204 Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
21.70.109 Installation of ozone catalytic converters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 93 [ 21-1]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection

Objective
To allow the customer to select one of the two basic
vendors for the cabin air recirculation filter cartridges.

Basic aircraft
Two High Efficiency Particle Arrestor (HEPA) recircula-
tion filter cartridges are installed.
Each filter cartridge is made of pleated glassfiber, inte-
grated inside a reinforced cylinder.

Description
Basic filter cartridges are installed according to vendor
selection made under TDU 01 or TDU 03.

Note
• if no vendor choice is made by the customer, one of
the selectable equipment will be installed according
to AIRBUS industrial requirements
• filter housings remain the same.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.20.108 Page 94 [ 21-2]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-1 - Recirculation filters

FWD zone
supply duct

AFT zone
supply duct

Recirculation filter

FW
AI
R
FL
OW
Pack 1

Mixer unit

Housing
Pack 2

Filter cartridge

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.20.108 Page 95 [ 21-3]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Cabin air recirculation filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recirculation filter PALL- APME QA06423-01 2 SFE
cartridge equipment selection - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. cartridge
PALL-APME A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

03 Cabin air recirculation filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recirculation filter LE BOZEC 424B200-7 2 SFE
cartridge equipment selection - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. cartridge
LE BOZEC, PN 424B200-7 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.20.108 Page 96 [ 21-4]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.20.108 Page 97 [ 21-5]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit

Objective
To improve the comfort for the captain and first officer
by the installation of heaters within the foot air piping.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The modification consists in installing heaters within the
foot air piping and switches in the cockpit. The air tem-
perature as well as the surface temperature in the vicin-
ity of the feet shall be increased.

Note
This option is recommended for a flight duration higher
than 2 hours.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.22.100 Page 98 [ 21-6]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-2 - Electrical heater for foot air outlets

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.22.100 Page 99 [ 21-7]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of electrical heat- A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0


ers on the foot air outlets in A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
cockpit for Captain and F/O A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.22.100 Page 100 [ 21-8]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.22.100 Page 101 [ 21-9]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction

Objective
In order to reduce the cockpit noise mainly on ground at
low and moderate temperatures.

Basic aircraft
One blower fan and one extract fan provide adequate
avionics air flow ventilation.

Description
In order to reduce the cockpit noise level on ground the
blower and the extract fans of the avionics ventilation
system shall automatically reduce their speed in relation
with the avionics blowing air temperature.
The installed fans are equipped with ceramic ball bear-
ings.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.26.110 Page 102 [ 21-10]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-3 - Avionics ventilation system
Avionics bay

Skin exch outlet


bypass valve
Skin exch
Skin heat isol valve
exchanger
Skin air inlet
valve Blower Skin air
fan Extract
fan outlet valve

Avionics
equipment

Filter
Air cond Skin exch
inlet valve Valves and fans
control inlet bypass
Cargo valve
Air cond duct underfloor

Ground-flight

AEVC
Thrust lever
position

Skin temperature

Reset p/b
Fault light

Blower fan
Extract fan

Ventilation fan

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.26.110 Page 103 [ 21-11]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Avionics ventilation fan auto- A318-100 6.5/6.5/-6.5 Avionics ventilation TECHNOFAN EVT3454J01 2 SFE
matic speed reduction - TECH- A319-100 6.5/6.5/-6.5
A320-200 6.5/6.5/-6.5 fan
NOFAN A321-200 6.5/6.5/-6.5
Fan speed control- TECHNOFAN DV3454A00 1 SFE
ler
Sensor temperature THALES AVION- 87232323V01 1 SFE
speed control ICS SA

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.26.110 Page 104 [ 21-12]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.26.110 Page 105 [ 21-13]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the existing avionics
ventilation air filter.

Basic aircraft
One avionics ventilation air filter is installed.

Description
The air filter of the avionics ventilation system is re-
placed by alternate equipment. The cartridges are not
interchangeable but the aircraft interfaces of the filter
housings are identical.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.27.108 Page 106 [ 21-14]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-4 - Avionics ventilation air filter

A A
Housing

Housing

Demister

Filter
cartridge

Filter Basic Alternate


cartridge equipment equipment
U-bend
Duct assembly

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.27.108 Page 107 [ 21-15]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Avionics ventilation air filter A318-100 Avionics ventilation LE BOZEC 4200A200-6 1 SFE
basic equipment - LE BOZEC, A319-100
A320-200 air filter cartridge
PN 4200A200-6 A321-200
Demister LE BOZEC 425A200-5 1 SFE

Duct assembly LE BOZEC 402U20-2 1 SFE

Housing LE BOZEC 402K200-2 1 SFE

06 Avionics ventilation air filter A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Cartridge PALL- APME QB0776 1 SFE
alternate equipment - PALL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
APME, QB0776 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Housing PALL- APME QB0555 1 SFE

U-bend PALL- APME QB0553 1 SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.27.108 Page 108 [ 21-16]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.27.108 Page 109 [ 21-17]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • the ventilation flow rate will be:
To provide a ventilation system for the forward cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. car- A319: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 100 l/s
riage of livestock and perishable goods. (212 cu ft/min) in flight.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- A320: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 97 l/s
200 (205 cu ft/min) in flight.
Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and a fire extinguishing sys- A321: 118 l/s (250 cu ft/min) on the ground and 165 l/s
tems are installed. (350 cu ft/min) in flight.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
200
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the forward tem automatically closes both isolation valves and
cargo hold via an isolation valve and side inlets located switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
at lower LH side of the hold:
• the air is extracted from the forward cargo hold EPAC selection mode
through a vent and discharged directly overboard via Individual
an isolation valve and venturi
• on ground the air is extracted by means of an electri-
cal fan, installed upstream from the isolation valve,
which continues to operate until a differential pres-
sure of 1 psi is reached
• a cargo ventilation controller is installed in the avion-
ics compartment which provides control and position
indication of the isolation valves

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.201 Page 110 [ 21-18]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-5 - Forward cargo hold ventilation system
Aircraft skin TEMP: C
Venturi p Switch COND
Isolation valve FAN
ALTN MODE
FAN

CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23


44 40 38
Extraction fan C H C H C H
HOT
Specific to the A321 AIR

FWD

Smoke
detectors

CARGO VENT
FWD ISOL VALVE

FAULT

OFF

Cabin
ambient air

Isolation
valve

Cargo
ventilation
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.201 Page 111 [ 21-19]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of ventilation sys- A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0


tem for forward cargo hold A320-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0
A321-200 24.0/24.0/-24.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.201 Page 112 [ 21-20]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.201 Page 113 [ 21-21]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold

Objective In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-


To provide a ventilation system for the aft cargo hold, to tem automatically closes both isolation valves and
enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
livestock and perishable goods.
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft Individual
Cargo holds are class C.
System provision is installed.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys-
tems are installed.

Description
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the aft cargo
hold via an isolation valve and side inlets along the low-
er LH side of the forward part of the hold.
The air is extracted from the aft cargo hold through
vents in the rear wall near the ceiling and discharged via
an extraction fan and an isolation valve toward the out-
flow valve and then overboard.
The electrical air extraction fan operates on ground and
in flight.
The ventilation flow rate on ground and in flight is 150 l/
s (318 cu ft/min).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.210 Page 114 [ 21-22]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-6 - Aft cargo hold ventilation system

Towards outflow valve


Specific to the A321
Isolation TEMP: C
COND
valve FAN
ALTN MODE
FAN

CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23


44 40 38

Extraction C H C H C H
HOT

fan AIR

AFT
Smoke detectors

Cabin CARGO VENT


AFT ISOL VALVE
ambient air
FAULT

OFF

Isolation valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.210 Page 115 [ 21-23]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of ventilation sys- A318-100 16.0/16.0/-16.0


tem for complete aft cargo hold A319-100 18.0/18.0/-18.0
A320-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0
A321-200 26.0/26.0/-26.0

02 Installation of ventilation sys- A319-100 19.0/19.0/-19.0


tem for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxy-
gen system
Requires prior acceptance of
CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration pas-
senger gaseous oxygen system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.210 Page 116 [ 21-24]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.28.210 Page 117 [ 21-25]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level

Objective
To propose an alternate solution to the basic flight crew
foot air outlets locations.

Basic aircraft
Conditioned air is fed into the cockpit at the following
points:
• through lateral air outlets with adjustable airflow
• through individual air outlets with adjustable airflow
and stream direction
• through outlets at pilot foot level
• through ceiling outlets with adjustable airflow.

Description
The modification consists in relocating the cockpit flight
crew foot air outlets. The conditioned air is no longer fed
underneath the seats from an installation in the side
panels, but is blown in from behind the foot pedals.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.41.100 Page 118 [ 21-26]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Table 21-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Air conditioning - Cockpit air A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5


heating - Introduce front blow- A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
ers at flight crew foot level A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.41.100 Page 119 [ 21-27]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 The forward cargo compartment heating system will
To provide a variable heating system for the forward permit to select a stabilized lower mean temperature
cargo hold to enable increased utilization of the hold, limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C
e.g. carriage of livestock. (79 DEG F) with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 DEG C
(3.6 DEG F) at the reference point.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air sup-
200 ply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
Cargo holds are class C.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys-
tem automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
tems are installed.
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-
200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
With ventilation of the forward cargo hold installed (op- Requires prior selection of CN21.28.201/01 Installation
tional), the modification consists of heating the air by hot of ventilation system for forward cargo hold.
trim air bled from the hot air manifold.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the EPAC selection mode
Individual
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the supply duct temperature sensor.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.201 Page 120 [ 21-28]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-7 - Forward cargo hold heating system
Aircraft skin
Venturi Isolation valve p Switch
TEMP: C
COND
ALTN MODE
FAN FAN
Compartment CKPT 20 FWD 22 AFT 23
temperature Extraction fan 44 40 38

sensor C H C H C H
HOT
AIR

FWD 18

48

Cargo C H

ventilation
Smoke controller
Specific to the A321 detectors

CARGO HEAT
FWD ISOL VALVE

FAULT
Control panels (cockpit OVHD PNL) Cabin OFF
ambient air
MID CABIN HOT AIR
FWD
Duct temp.
FAULT
Hot air
OFF
sensor Isolation
COLD HOT valve
A COLD HOT
PACK 2 PACK 2
I Cargo Trim air
R valve
FAULT
heat
OFF C
O controller
N
D

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.201 Page 121 [ 21-29]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of heating system A319-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0


for forward cargo hold A320-200 13.0/13.0/-13.0
A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.201 Page 122 [ 21-30]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.201 Page 123 [ 21-31]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold

Objective The aft cargo compartment heating system will permit to


To provide a variable heating system for the aft cargo select a stabilized lower mean temperature limit be-
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. car- tween 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C (79 DEG F)
riage of livestock. with an accuracy of plus minus 2 DEG C (3.6 DEG F) at
the reference point.
Basic aircraft In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air sup-
Cargo holds are class C. ply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing sys- In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection sys-
tems are installed. tem automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Description
With ventilation of the aft cargo compartment installed
Note
(optional), the modification consists of heating the air by Requires prior selection of CN21.28.210/01 Installation
hot trim air bleed directly from the APU bleed air duct. of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold.
The hot air is controlled by a trim air valve and an addi-
tional trim air pressure regulating valve. EPAC selection mode
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics Individual
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the and the supply duct temperature sensor.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.204 Page 124 [ 21-32]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-8 - Aft cargo hold heating system
Towards outflow valve
Specific to the A321
Isolation ECAM Page
valve
TEMP: C
COND
ALTN MODE
Extraction FAN FAN

fan CKPT 20
44
FWD 22
40
AFT 23
38
C H C H C H
HOT
AIR
Smoke detectors
AFT 18
48
Compartment temperature sensor
C H HOT
AIR

Cargo
Pressure Cabin ventilation
regulating ambient air controller
valve Duct temp. Control panel (Cockpit OVHD PNL)
sensor Isolation valve
From CARGO HEAT
APU HOT AIR AFT ISOL VALVE

bleed air duct FAULT FAULT

OFF OFF
Trim air
valve AFT

Cargo
heat COLD HOT
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.204 Page 125 [ 21-33]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of heating system A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0


for complete aft cargo hold A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A321-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0

02 Installation of heating system A319-100 16.0/16.0/-16.0


for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxy-
gen system
Requires prior acceptance of
CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration gas-
eous passenger oxygen system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.204 Page 126 [ 21-34]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.43.204 Page 127 [ 21-35]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters

Objective EPAC selection mode


To protect the passengers from high ozone concentra- Individual
tion.

Basic aircraft
Space and structural provisions are provided by design
of the air generation components underneath the centre
wing box.

Description
Two ozone converters are installed in the bleed-air sup-
ply line upstream of the pack flow control valves.

In addition to the current ozone catalytic converter, a


combined VOC/ozone catalytic converter is proposed.
The benefit of the latter is the reduction of odors in the
cabin due to fuel vapor and engine exhaust gas inges-
tion into the bleed system while on ground and taxiing.

This change requires the removal of existing bleed air


supply ducts between frames 35-37 underneath centre
wing box.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.70.109 Page 128 [ 21-36]


A320 Family Air conditioning 21
Figure 21-9 - Ozone converters location

Engine bleed

Ozone converters

To pack 2

Cross bleed
valve Flow control valves

To pack 1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.70.109 Page 129 [ 21-37]


21 Air conditioning A320 Family
Table 21-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

07 Installation of ozone catalytic A318-100 19.7/19.7/-19.7 Catalytic ozone ENGELHARDT 20499006 2 SFE
converters - ENGELHARDT A319-100 19.7/19.7/-19.7
A320-200 19.7/19.7/-19.7 converter
CORPORATION, PN 20499006 A321-200 19.7/19.7/-19.7

08 Installation of combined VOC/ A318-100 25.7/25.7/-25.7 Catalytic VOC/ ENGELHARDT 44018005 2 SFE
ozone catalytic converters - A319-100 25.7/25.7/-25.7
A320-200 25.7/25.7/-25.7 ozone converter
ENGELHARDT CORPORA- A321-200 25.7/25.7/-25.7
TION, PN 44018005
VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 21.70.109 Page 130 [ 21-38]


A320 Family Auto flight 22

Reference Title
22.00.104 Automatic landing capability
22.70.100 Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
22.81.143 Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
22.82.103 Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 131 [ 22-1]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability

Objective for A320-200


To perform automatic landings under conditions that
were not part of the aircraft initial autoland certification.

Basic aircraft for A320-200


Depending on aircraft and engine types, the autoland
function has been certified for a standard domain of op-
erations in terms of altitude, temperature...

Description for A320-200


The aircraft will be capable to perform automatic land-
ings in an extended domain of operations.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.00.104 Page 132 [ 22-2]


A320 Family Auto flight 22
Table 22-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Automatic landing capability A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


extension for CFM engines
(9200 ft)
A320-215 and A320-216 : Subject to cer-
tification

06 Automatic landing capability A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.


extension for IAE engines
(9200 ft)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.00.104 Page 133 [ 22-3]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment

Objective
To offer a choice of supplier for FM kits and Multipur-
pose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).

Basic aircraft
Two FM kits are fitted in each FMGC (2 per aircraft) and
two MCDUs are fitted in the cockpit center pedestal.

Description
This option installs alternate FM kits (2 cards per
FMGC) and two MCDUs, instead of the basic equip-
ment.
The equipment is mechanically, electrically inter-
changeable and functionally equivalent with the basic
one.
However mixing equipment from different suppliers is
not possible.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.70.100 Page 134 [ 22-4]


A320 Family Auto flight 22
Figure 22-1 - FM kits alternate equipment

FMS cards

DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA


BRT

F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU DIM


NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
AIR
PORT
DIR PROG PERF INIT A
DATA B CBRT D E
RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU DIM
F-PLN
NAV PRED F-PLN F
COMM G
MENU H I J
AIR
PORT
A2 B K
C LD M
E N O
1 3

4 F5 G
6
P
H QI RJ S T

7 K8 L
9 U
M V
N W
O X Y
1 2 3
+ Z / OVFY
P0
SP CLR
4 5 6
Q- R S T

7 8 9 U V W X Y
0 + Z / SP OVFY CLR
-

FMGC FMGC MCDU

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.70.100 Page 135 [ 22-5]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
Table 22-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std FM kits/MCDUs basic equip- A318-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043BA03 2 SFE
ment - THALES AVIONICS/ Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
SMITHS associated with PW puter (FMGC) SMITHS
engines
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266AA01 2 SFE
trol and Display ICS SA
Unit (MCDU)
Std FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11) A319-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042BA03 2 SFE
/ MCDU basic equip - HONEY- A320-200
A321-200 Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
WELL assoc. with IAE engines puter (FMGC) EYWELL
Multipurpose Con- HONEYWELL 4089740-961 2 SFE
trol and Display INC.
Unit (MCDU)
Std FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC A318-100 Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042AA04 2 SFE
H2C12) / MCDU basic equip - A319-100
A320-200 Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM A321-200 puter (FMGC) EYWELL
engines
Multipurpose Con- HONEYWELL 4089740-961 2 SFE
trol and Display INC.
Unit (MCDU)
38 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042BA03 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - HONEY- Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
WELL assoc. with PW engines puter (FMGC) EYWELL
FMS operational HONEYWELL PS4087600- 2 SFE
software INC. 903
Multipurpose Con- HONEYWELL 4089740-961 2 SFE
trol and Display INC.
Unit (MCDU)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.70.100 Page 136 [ 22-6]


A320 Family Auto flight 22
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

48 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6I11) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043BA04 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) SMITHS
IAE engines
FMS operational THALES AVION- G2604AAG01 2 SFE
software ICS S.A. /
SMITHS
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 2 SFE
trol and Display ICS SA
Unit (MCDU)
49 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13042AA05 2 SFE
H2C13) / MCDU altern. equip - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. / HON-
HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) EYWELL
engines
FMS operational HONEYWELL PS4087700- 2 SFE
software INC. 903
Multipurpose Con- HONEYWELL 4089740-961 2 SFE
trol and Display INC.
Unit (MCDU)
50 FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6C13) A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Management THALES AVION- C13043AA05 2 SFE
/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Guidance Com- ICS S.A. /
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. puter (FMGC) SMITHS
CFM engines
FMS operational THALES AVION- G2604AAG01 2 SFE
software ICS S.A. /
SMITHS
Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 2 SFE
trol and Display ICS SA
Unit (MCDU)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.70.100 Page 137 [ 22-7]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton

Objective
To inhibit the expedite pushbutton to have functional
commonality between the A330/340 and the A318/319/
320/321 FCUs.

Basic aircraft
Expedite mode is used in climb or descent to reach the
desired altitude with the maximum gradient.
The function is manually activated by depressing the
expedite pushbutton on the FCU:
• expedite climb mode is engaged if the selected alti-
tude is higher than the aircraft altitude
• expedite descent mode is engaged if the selected al-
titude is lower than the aircraft altitude.
Disengagement can be done manually by engagement
of another vertical mode or automatically with ALT
mode engagement.

Description
Expedite pushbutton is replaced by a blank pushbutton
(fixed) on the FCU.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.81.143 Page 138 [ 22-8]


A320 Family Auto flight 22
Figure 22-2 - Expedite pushbutton

Pre-mod

SPD HDG LAT ALT LVL/CH V/S


HDG V/S
CSTR WPT VOR.D NDB ARPT ARPT NDB VOR.D WPT CSTR
BARO BARO
ROSE NAV 40 40 ROSE NAV
VOR 20 80 HDG V/S 100 1000 UP 20 80 VOR
ARC PUSH ARC
TRK FPA
IN HG HPA TO
LS PLAN 10 160 SPD METRIC 10 160 LS PLAN IN HG HPA
LEVEL
PULL MACH ALT PULL
AP 1 AP 2 OFF
STD 320 320 STD
1 2 DN 1 2
ADF VOR ADF VOR ADF VOR ADF VOR
FD LS OFF OFF LOC A/THR EXPED APPR OFF OFF LS FD

Post-mod

SPD HDG LAT ALT LVL/CH V/S


HDG V/S

HDG V/S 100 1000 UP


TRK FPA PUSH
TO
SPD METRIC
LEVEL
MACH ALT
AP 1 AP 2 OFF
DN

LOC A/THR EXPED APPR

Dummy expedite pushbutton

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.81.143 Page 139 [ 22-9]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
Table 22-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Inhibition of the expedite push- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


button A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.81.143 Page 140 [ 22-10]


A320 Family Auto flight 22

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.81.143 Page 141 [ 22-11]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

Objective EPAC selection mode


To ease maintenance tasks on the ground. Individual

Basic aircraft
Two MCDUs are installed on the pedestal, one on each
side.
MCDUs are connected to the FMS, CFDS, AIDS DMU
and ATSU.

Description
The third MCDU is installed on the captain's side con-
sole and connected to the CFDS. It is also connected to
the AIDS and ACARS systems. In such case the first
MCDU is connected only to the FMS and ATSU.

The modification consists of:


• side console adaptation
• installation of the third MCDU.

Note
• the third MCDU is used on ground only
• supplier choice must be consistent with item
CN22.70.100 - FMS kits alternate equipment, or
CN22.82.102 - MCDU alternate equipment, if appli-
cable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.82.103 Page 142 [ 22-12]


A320 Family Auto flight 22
Figure 22-3 - MCDU installation

MCDU
(basic)

BRT

DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA


OFF

F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU


NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU

AIR
PORT
A B C D E
M
F
A F G H I J C
I D
L U
K L M N O M

F
1 2 3 E
N
M P Q R S T U
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ Z / SP OVFY Optional Printer
0 - CLR
MCDU (basic)

MCDU

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.82.103 Page 143 [ 22-13]


22 Auto flight A320 Family
Table 22-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

06 Installation of third MCDU A318-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Multipurpose Con- THALES AVION- C19266EA01 1 SFE
associated with FMS - THALES A319-100 10.0/10.0/-10.0
A320-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 trol and Display ICS SA
V800 A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Unit (MCDU)
Requires prior selection of a THALES
AVIONICS/SMITHS FMS.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 22.82.103 Page 144 [ 22-14]


A320 Family Communications 23

Reference Title
23.00.132 Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 Full provision for single HF system
23.11.111 Full provision for dual HF system
23.11.116 Installation of single HF system (SFE)
23.11.131 Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
23.11.155 Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
23.11.167 Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.11.169 Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.12.130 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
23.13.100 Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.101 Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.105 Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
23.28.170 Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface
23.28.210 Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
23.28.211 Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
23.50.110 Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 145 [ 23-1]


23 Communications A320 Family
Reference Title
23.50.135 Installation of headset for fourth occupant
23.50.138 Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
23.51.103 Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
23.51.136 Boomsets alternate equipment
23.51.139 Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
23.70.110 Installation of a video monitoring system
23.71.103 Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
23.71.110 Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR
23.71.120 System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
23.73.200 Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 146 [ 23-2]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 147 [ 23-3]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator
Transmitter (ELT)
Objective Installation of a modified control panel near the ground
To install ELT, in compliance with ED62, designed to horn.
improve search and rescue by automatically activating
(through a G-switch), in the event of an emergency. Note
Certain interface wirings may be affected and some
Basic aircraft new ones may have to be installed once the ELT suppli-
The following provision is installed allowing the installa- er is selected.
tion of the automatic ELT: In this configuration the ELT can be used as an Auto-
• one external antenna (for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz fre- matic Fixed ELT (ELT (AF)) only. Due to its installation,
quencies) on top of the rear part of the fuselage be- this ELT cannot be used to replace an ELT(s) as men-
tween frame C64 and C65
• ELT support located in the upper part of the fuselage, tioned in EU-OPS1/AMC OPS 1.830(c).
close to the antenna
• a coaxial cable from the external antenna to the ELT EPAC selection mode
support in the aft ceiling area Individual
• wiring from the ELT support to the cockpit allowing
future installation of ELT remote control panel
• wiring from the ELT remote control panel location to
the ground electrical panel (ground horn).

Description
Installation of an ELT (BFE) capable of emitting a dis-
tress signal on the 121.5, 243.0 and 406.0 MHz interna-
tional standard distress frequencies.
Installation of a remote control panel in the cockpit.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.00.132 Page 148 [ 23-4]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-1 - Automatic ELT installation

C64 C66 C70 C87


C65
ELT
ELT antenna support

FW
D

ET
ES
/R
ST
TE
T
EL
ON

A
R
M

ELT remote control panel E


D

Typical installation

ELT remote control panel


FLT INT
EXT PWR
108 VU

NOT IN USE AVAIL CKPT CALL ADIRU & APU FIRE


AVNCS VENT
R

ELT LIGHT TEST CKPT CALL RESET

APU SHUT OFF

Ground horn
Ground electrical power panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.00.132 Page 149 [ 23-5]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

31 Automatic programmable ELT A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Back up antenna ELTA 02N64070 1 BFE
(406AF) associated with A319-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
remote control panel in cockpit A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
- ELTA (BFE) Emergency Loca- ELTA 01N65900 1 BFE
tor Transmitter
(ELT)
Remote control ELTA 93N6035 1 BFE
panel
39 Automatic programmable ELT A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Emergency Loca- THALES AVION- S1821502-02 1 BFE
with prog. dongle with remote A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 tor Transmitter ICS SA
control panel (RC800) in cock- A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 (ELT)
pit - THALES
Emergency Loca- THALES AVION- S1820511-01 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ICS SA
(ELT) bracket
Programming don- THALES AVION- S1820514-04 1 BFE
gle ICS SA
Remote control THALES AVION- S1820513-15 1 BFE
panel ICS SA
44 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5 Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
assoc. with remote control A319-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5
A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5 tor Transmitter ASCA INC
panel in cockpit w/o AIM - A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5 (ELT)
HONEYWELL (BFE)
Remote control HONEYWELL 1153008-1 1 BFE
panel ASCA INC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.00.132 Page 150 [ 23-6]


A320 Family Communications 23
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

45 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Aircraft Identifica- HONEYWELL 1152780-1 1 BFE
assoc. with remote control A319-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 tion Module (AIM) ASCA INC
panel in cockpit with AIM - A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6
HONEYWELL (BFE) Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ASCA INC
(ELT)
Remote control HONEYWELL 1153008-1 1 BFE
panel ASCA INC
46 Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN) A318-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6 Aircraft Identifica- HONEYWELL 1153396-1 1 BFE
assoc. with remote control A319-100 3.6/3.6/-3.6
A320-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 tion Module + NAV ASCA INC
panel in cockpit with NAIM - A321-200 3.6/3.6/-3.6 (NAIM)
HONEYWELL (BFE)
Capable to transmit the last aircraft posi-
tion (lat, long) Emergency Loca- HONEYWELL 1152682-3 1 BFE
tor Transmitter ASCA INC
(ELT)
Remote control HONEYWELL 1153008-1 1 BFE
panel ASCA INC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.00.132 Page 151 [ 23-7]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system

Objective
To make full provision for single HF system.

Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719).
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.

Description
The modification consists of installing:
• one transceiver mount in the avionics compartment
• one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• one antenna coupler mount in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
• the antenna feeder and all the necessary wiring.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.102 Page 152 [ 23-8]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-2 - Full provision for single HF system

RMP3

RMP1 RMP2
Antenna

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3
One transceiver mount One antenna
in avionics compartment coupler mount

HF1
Full
HF2
provision

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.102 Page 153 [ 23-9]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for single HF A318-100 16.0/16.0/-16.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
system (ARINC 719) A319-100 16.5/16.5/-16.5
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A321-200 19.0/19.0/-19.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.102 Page 154 [ 23-10]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.102 Page 155 [ 23-11]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system

Objective
To make full provision for dual HF system.

Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.

Description
The modification consists of installing:
• two transceiver mounts in the avionics compartment
• two antenna coupler mounts in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
• two antenna feeders and all necessary wiring
• one HF antenna in the fin leading edge.

Note
The same HF antenna shall be used for both HF sys-
tems.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.111 Page 156 [ 23-12]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-3 - Full provision for dual HF system

RMP3

RMP1 RMP2
Antenna

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3 Two transceiver mounts Two antenna


in avionics compartment coupler mounts

HF1 HF2
Full Full
provision provision

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.111 Page 157 [ 23-13]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for dual HF sys- A318-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
tem (ARINC 719) A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 31.0/31.0/-31.0
A321-200 35.0/35.0/-35.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.111 Page 158 [ 23-14]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.111 Page 159 [ 23-15]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)

Objective
To install one HF system for voice communication in ar-
eas outside VHF coverage.

Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.

Description
The modification consists of:
• installing one HF transceiver and its associated
mount in the avionics compartment
• installing one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• installing one antenna coupler and its associated
mount in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
• pin-programming the AMU.

Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.116 Page 160 [ 23-16]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of single HF sys- A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE


tem (data link capable) - ROCK- A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
WELL COLLINS 900 (SFE) A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 1 SFE
coupler LINS
HFDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003 1 SFE
LINS
05 Installation of single HF sys- A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
tem (data link capable) - HON- A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
EYWELL (SFE) A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 1 SFE
coupler INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
HFDR transceiver HONEYWELL 964-0452-052 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.116 Page 161 [ 23-17]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)

Objective
To install single HF system, with full provision for a sec-
ond one.

Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.

Description
The modification consists of:
• installation of two HF transceiver mounts and one HF
transceiver in the electronic rack
• installation of one HF antenna (in the leading edge)
• installation of two HF antenna coupler mounts and
one HF antenna coupler
• pin-programming of the Audio Management Unit
(AMU).

Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.131 Page 162 [ 23-18]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-4 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one

RMP3

RMP1 RMP2
Antenna

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3
One transceiver and two One antenna coupler
transceiver mounts in and two antenna
avionics compartment coupler mounts
HF2
HF1 Full
provision

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.131 Page 163 [ 23-19]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Inst. of single HF system (data A318-100 51.0/51.0/-51.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE
link capable) & full prov for A319-100 52.0/52.0/-52.0
A320-200 52.0/52.0/-52.0
second one - ROCKWELL A321-200 56.0/56.0/-56.0
COLL. 900 (SFE) HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 1 SFE
coupler LINS
HFDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003 1 SFE
LINS
05 Inst. of single HF system (data A318-100 51.0/51.0/-51.0 HF antenna TBD 1 SFE
link capable) and full prov for A319-100 52.0/52.0/-52.0
A320-200 52.0/52.0/-52.0
second one - HONEYWELL A321-200 56.0/56.0/-56.0
(SFE) HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 1 SFE
coupler INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
HFDR transceiver HONEYWELL 964-0452-052 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.131 Page 164 [ 23-20]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.131 Page 165 [ 23-21]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)

Objective
To install a dual HF system for voice communication in
areas outside VHF coverage.

Basic aircraft
• space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
• structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.

Description
The modification consists of:
• installation of two HF transceivers with associated
mounts in the avionics compartment
• installation of one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
• installation of two HF antenna couplers with associ-
ated mounts in the ceiling of the rear part of the air-
craft
• pin-programming of the AMU.

Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.155 Page 166 [ 23-22]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-5 - Installation of dual HF system

RMP3

RMP1 RMP2
Antenna

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3
Two transceivers Two antenna
and associated mounts couplers with
in avionics compartment associated mounts

HF1 HF2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.155 Page 167 [ 23-23]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of dual HF system A318-100 72.0/72.0/-72.0 HF antenna AIRBUS TBD 1 SFE


(data link capable) - ROCK- A319-100 73.0/73.0/-73.0
A320-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
WELL COLLINS 900 (SFE) A321-200 77.0/77.0/-77.0
HFDR antenna ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003 2 SFE
coupler LINS
HFDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003 2 SFE
LINS
05 Installation of dual HF system A318-100 72.0/72.0/-72.0 HF antenna TBD 1 SFE
(data link capable) - HONEY- A319-100 73.0/73.0/-73.0
A320-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
WELL (SFE) A321-200 73.0/73.0/-73.0
HFDR antenna HONEYWELL 964-0453-001 2 SFE
coupler INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
HFDR transceiver HONEYWELL 964-0452-052 2 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.155 Page 168 [ 23-24]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.155 Page 169 [ 23-25]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function

Objective HF VOICE functionality for customers for which HF usu-


To allow installation of HFDR capable of data link mode. al VOICE operation is necessary, it is recommended to
install a second HF or at least full provision for a second
Basic aircraft one.
None.
EPAC selection mode
Description Individual
Based on the existing HF system provision or installa-
tion, additional wiring provision is installed to make
HFDR capable of data communication.
HF1 (and HF1 only) system will be connected to the fol-
lowing systems:
• ATSU (only one HFDR connected)
• FWCs for ECAM message
• RMPs for voice/data monitoring
• CFDIU for the acquisition of pin programming of the
HFDR.

Note
When HF Data Link (HFDL) function is activated, the
RMP human-machine interface for HF1 is the same as
VHF3 when ACARS or ATSU is installed, i.e. that one
RMP window displays a VOICE frequency while the oth-
er displays "DATA". Therefore, ergonomics for use of
the VOICE function is downgraded. In order to keep the

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.167 Page 170 [ 23-26]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Additional wiring for single A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0


HFDL function A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
Requires prior selection of provision or A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
installation of a single or dual HF system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.167 Page 171 [ 23-27]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function

Objective EPAC selection mode


To provide data link capability over HF Data Radio Individual
(HFDR).

Basic aircraft
• provisions for HF system
• an ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.

Description
The HFDL capability is activated. This requires prior in-
stallation of:
• upgraded ATSU software capable of HFDL
• upgraded HF transceivers and couplers to be data
capable
• wiring between the ATSU and the HF system.

Note
• in single HF configuration, when Data Link is activat-
ed, one RMP window displays a voice frequency and
the other displays "DATA". Therefore ergonomics for
use of the voice function is downgraded (crew work-
load + frequency memory lost) and consequently, it
is recommended to install a second HFDR system for
HF usual voice operation
• single network provider: ARINC.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.169 Page 172 [ 23-28]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Activation of HFDL function for A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


AOC A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
Requires prior acceptance of A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
CN23.11.167/01- Additional wiring for
HFDL function and installation of a single
or dual HF system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.11.169 Page 173 [ 23-29]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate vendors for VDR transceivers.

Basic aircraft
Three VDR systems are installed, generally in accor-
dance with ARINC 716 and ARINC 750.

Description
This option allows to select alternate vendors for VDR
transceivers.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.12.130 Page 174 [ 23-30]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-6 - VHF system

RMP3

RMP1 RMP2
VDR1 antenna VDR3 antenna

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3
Three VDR VDR2 antenna
transceivers

HF1 HF2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.12.130 Page 175 [ 23-31]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std VHF Data Radio (VDR) basic A318-100 VDR transceiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-1287-120 3 SFE
equipment, type VHF 2100, A319-100
A320-200 (mode 2) LINS
capable VDL mode 2 - ROCK- A321-200
WELL COLLINS VHF antenna CHELTON 2438-89-00 3 SFE

12 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. VDR transceiver THALES AVION- EVR750-04- 3 SFE
nate equipment, capable VDL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (mode 2) ICS SA 0100A
mode 2 - THALES AVIONICS A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

13 VHF Data Radio (VDR) alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. VDR transceiver HONEYWELL 064-50000- 3 SFE
nate equipment, capable VDL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (mode 2) INC. REDMOND, 2051
mode 2 - HONEYWELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.12.130 Page 176 [ 23-32]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.12.130 Page 177 [ 23-33]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)

Objective
To provide alternate Radio Management Panels (RM-
Ps).

Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center ped-
estal.

Description
The basic RMPs are replaced by alternate equipment
(MLS capable and with turbo tuning).

Note
A third RMP (CN23.13.101) is recommended if an op-
tional HF is installed.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.100 Page 178 [ 23-34]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Radio Management Panel A318-100 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848CB01 2 SFE
(RMP) basic equip. with turbo A319-100
A320-200 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
tuning & HF data activation A321-200
capab. (std 2B)

03 Radio Management Panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848DB01 2 SFE
(RMP) alternate equipment - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
MLS/GLS compatible and with A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
turbo tuning (std 3B)

04 Radio Management Panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848EA01 2 SFE
(RMP) - alternate equipment - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
with CPDLC function capability A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
(std 4)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.100 Page 179 [ 23-35]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)

Objective
To provide additional control for communication radios
and back-up in case one of the basic RMPs fails.

Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center ped-
estal.

Description
The third RMP is connected to all VDR transceivers
(and HF if installed) via the two basic RMPs.
The third RMP is used for communication facilities only.
The modification consists of the:
• modification of the CFDIU pin programming
• installation of the third RMP on the existing provision
• removal of safety clip from appropriate circuit break-
er.

Note
The third RMP is recommended if an optional HF is in-
stalled.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.101 Page 180 [ 23-36]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-7 - Third Radio Management Panel (RMP)

ACTIVE STBY/CRS

RMP3 VHF1 VHF2 VHF3

SE
HF1 SEL HF2 AM

STBY NAV ON

NAV VOR LS ADF BFO


OFF

RMP1 RMP2 Third radio management panel

VDR1 VDR2

VDR3

HF1 HF2

Captain RMP1 First Officer RMP2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.101 Page 181 [ 23-37]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

08 Installation of third RMP MLS A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848DB01 1 SFE
and GLS compatible and with A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
turbo tuning (std 3B) - THALES A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
AVIONICS
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.13.100/03 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - MLS/
GLS compatible and with turbo tuning (std
3B)

09 Installation of third RMP - with A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848EA01 1 SFE
CPDLC function capability (std A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
4) A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.13.100/04 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - with
CPDLC function capability (std 4)

10 Installation of third RMP - with A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Radio Manage- THALES AVION- C12848CB01 1 SFE
turbo tuning of VHF channels A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 ment Panel (RMP) ICS SA
& HF data activ. capability (std A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
2b)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.13.100/05 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) alternate equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation capab. (std
2B)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.101 Page 182 [ 23-38]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.101 Page 183 [ 23-39]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function

Objective
To activate the RMP std 4 frequency load function.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The frequency load function associated to FANS shall
be activated on RMP standard 4.
It consists in the automatic loading of the standby fre-
quency received by datalink via the ATSU.
It implies to:
• install and connect wiring between RMP and ATSU
• remove "DEACT" placard on RMP front face.

Note
Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/02 Installation
of FANS B+ or CN46.21.140/07 Installation of FANS A+
with datalink recording capability.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.105 Page 184 [ 23-40]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-12 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Activation of RMP std 4 fre- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


quency load function A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/ A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
02 Installation of FANS B+

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.13.105 Page 185 [ 23-41]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface

Objective EPAC selection mode


To provide cockpit voice communications for the aero- Individual
nautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
Cockpit voice communications is provided for the aero-
nautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.

This modification consists of the following:


• replacement of the basic Audio Management Unit
(AMU) by an upgraded AMU, with SATCOM inter-
face capability
• replacement of the Audio Control Panels (ACPs) by
upgraded ACPs with SATCOM capability
• installation of wiring between SDU location and
AMU, as well as FWC
• update of MCDU documentation.

Note
For SATCOM cockpit voice operation, the MCDU will be
used for dialing and the ACP for call establishment and
termination.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.170 Page 186 [ 23-42]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-13 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

33 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0 Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 4 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP for fourth A321-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0
occupant in cockpit Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LB1 1 SFE
Requires prior installation of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB & ment Unit (AMU) 40204
CN23.50.110/21 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant - T.E.A.M

34 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 7.0/7.0/-7.0 Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 5 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 7.0/7.0/-7.0
A320-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP for 4th occup. A321-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0
& avionics comp. Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LB1 1 SFE
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and ment Unit (AMU) 40204
CN23.50.110/23 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant and an ACP and a
jack panel in the avionics compartment.

35 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 3 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (ACP) 1
COLLINS - basic ACP installa- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
tion Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LA1 1 SFE
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB. ment Unit (AMU) 40204

36 Cockpit voice interface - AERO A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0 Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AE0 4 SFE
H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0
A320-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0 (ACP) 1
COLLINS - ACP in avionics A321-200 3.0/3.0/-3.0
compartment Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031LA1 1 SFE
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and ment Unit (AMU) 40204
CN23.50.110/22 - Installation of an ACP
and a jack panel in the avionics compart-
ment.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.170 Page 187 [ 23-43]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system

Objective Note
To install AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM avionics sys- No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture
tem and antenna equipment. the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avion-
ics/antenna) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM sys-
Basic aircraft tem.
None.
EPAC selection mode
Description Individual
The AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM is a transmission
system based on Inmarsat services that provides:
• two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
• one classic data channel (2.4 kbps - 10 kbps band-
width) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS trans-
missions

The modification consists in installing:


• one AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM SATCOM sub-
system
• associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.210 Page 188 [ 23-44]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-14 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of AERO H+ SRT A318-100 90.0/90.0/-90.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE
2100B SATCOM system - A319-100 90.0/90.0/-90.0
A320-200 90.0/90.0/-90.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS A321-200 90.0/90.0/-90.0
Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS
02 Installation of AERO H+ SRT A318-100 91.0/91.0/-91.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE
2100B SATCOM system with A319-100 91.0/91.0/-91.0
A320-200 91.0/91.0/-91.0
prov. for 1 SBB channel - A321-200 91.0/91.0/-91.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.210 Page 189 [ 23-45]


23 Communications A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of AERO H+ SRT A318-100 92.0/92.0/-92.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE
2100B SATCOM system with A319-100 92.0/92.0/-92.0
A320-200 92.0/92.0/-92.0
prov. for 2 SBB channels - A321-200 92.0/92.0/-92.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.210 Page 190 [ 23-46]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.210 Page 191 [ 23-47]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system

Objective Note
To install Swiftbroadband (SBB) SATCOM avionics and No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture,
antenna equipment. the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avion-
ics/antennas) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM sys-
Basic aircraft tem.
None.
EPAC selection mode
Description Individual
The SwiftBroadband (SBB) is a high speed Inmarsat
service providing channels up to 432 kbps each.
The SBB SATCOM is a transmission system that pro-
vides following services:
• one or two high speed data channels (up to 432 kbps
per channel bandwidth) used for future cabin or
cockpit applications requiring high bandwidth
• two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
• one classic data channel (2.4 kbps-10 kbps band-
width) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS trans-
missions.

The modification consists in installing:


• one SBB SATCOM sub-system
• associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.211 Page 192 [ 23-48]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-15 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of Swiftbroadband A318-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE


(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB A319-100 41.0/41.0/-41.0
A320-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
channel - ROCKWELL COL- A321-200 41.0/41.0/-41.0
LINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
High Speed Data ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040 1 SFE
Unit (HSDU) LINS
HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401 1 SFE
(HDM) LINS
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.211 Page 193 [ 23-49]


23 Communications A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of Swiftbroadband A318-100 47.0/47.0/-47.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE


(SBB) SATCOM - two SBB A319-100 47.0/47.0/-47.0
A320-200 47.0/47.0/-47.0
channels - ROCKWELL COL- A321-200 47.0/47.0/-47.0
LINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
High Speed Data ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040 2 SFE
Unit (HSDU) LINS
HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401 1 SFE
(HDM) LINS
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.211 Page 194 [ 23-50]


A320 Family Communications 23
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of Swiftbroadband A318-100 42.0/42.0/-42.0 Adapter plate CHELTON 6050-80-99 1 SFE


(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB A319-100 42.0/42.0/-42.0
A320-200 42.0/42.0/-42.0
channel and prov. for a 2nd - A321-200 42.0/42.0/-42.0
ROCKWELL COLLINS Diplexer Low Noise CHELTON 5044-89-99 1 SFE
Amplifier (D/LNA)
Feeder CHELTON 6058-89-99 1 SFE

High Gain Antenna CHELTON 4141-89-99 1 SFE


(HGA)
High Speed Data ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040 1 SFE
Unit (HSDU) LINS
HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401 1 SFE
(HDM) LINS
SATCOM trans- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401 1 SFE
ceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.28.211 Page 195 [ 23-51]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel

Objective Description
To provide provision for two-way communication for a For the installation of an ACP for the fourth occupant the
fourth occupant and/or additional communication capa- modification consists of:
bility in the avionics compartment for maintenance pur- • a new AMU which is interchangeable
poses. • a supplementary ACP on the overhead panel
• additional wiring between ACP and AMU
• additional plugs for boomsets and hand microphone.
Basic aircraft
• three audio control panels for the Captain, the First
Officer, and the third occupant For the installation of an ACP and a jack panel in the
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the avionics compartment the modification consists of:
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the • a supplementary ACP in the avionics compartment
boomset and one jack type for a headset • additional wiring between ACP and AMU
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's • additional plugs for boomsets, hand microphone,
station headsets and service interphone.
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec-
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro- EPAC selection mode
phone, and one jack type for a headset Individual
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones
• service interphone jack and system provision for an
ACP in the avionics compartment.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.110 Page 196 [ 23-52]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-8 - Audio Control Panel (ACP) installation (typical configurations)
Fourth occupant Third occupant
ACP ACP

First officer
ACP
Captain
ACP

BOOMSET HAND MIC

SVCE INTPH HEADSET

Jack Panel

Jack Panel
Fourth occupant station ACP
AMU

CALL CALL CALL CALL CALL MECH ATT


BOOMSET
VHF1 VHF2 VHF3 HF1 HF2 INT CAB

INT
HAND MIC ON
VOICE RESET PA
RAD
VOR1 VOR2 MKR ILS MLS ADF1 ADF2

Jack Panel Audio Control Panel Avionics compartment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.110 Page 197 [ 23-53]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

21 Installation of ACP for fourth A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 1 SFE
occupant - T.E.A.M. A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (ACP) 1
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installa-
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
tion of headset for fourth occupant (SFE)
Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SB1 1 SFE
ment Unit (AMU) 40204
22 Installation of ACP and jack A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 1 SFE
panel in avionics compart- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (ACP) 1
ment - T.E.A.M. A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SA1 1 SFE
ment Unit (AMU) 40204
23 Installation of ACP for fourth A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M ACP2788AD0 2 SFE
occupant and ACP and jack A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (ACP) 1
panel in avionics compart- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
ment - T.E.A.M. Audio Manage- T.E.A.M AMU4031SB1 1 SFE
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installa-
tion of headset for fourth occupant (SFE). ment Unit (AMU) 40204

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.110 Page 198 [ 23-54]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.110 Page 199 [ 23-55]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant

Objective EPAC selection mode


To allow the fourth occupant to listen to communica- Individual
tions selected on the third occupant ACP.

Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec-
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro-
phone, and one jack type for a headset
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones.

Description
Installation of headset for fourth occupant in the LH aft
console.

Note
• the headset plugs shall be PJ 055 or equivalent
• requires prior acceptance of CN25.11.208 - Installa-
tion of fourth occupant seat in cockpit.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.135 Page 200 [ 23-56]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-9 - Fourth occupant headset

Fourth occupant station

HEADSET

Basic
headset jack

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.135 Page 201 [ 23-57]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-17 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

12 Installation of headset for A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5 Headset SENNHEISER 046-69-999- 1 SFE


fourth occupant - SEN- A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5 0931
NHEISER, model HD46-K1 A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.135 Page 202 [ 23-58]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.135 Page 203 [ 23-59]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate supplier for the three basic hand
microphones in the cockpit.

Basic aircraft
Three hand microphones are installed in the cockpit.

Description
The cockpit hand microphones are replaced by alter-
nate equipment. The corresponding brackets shall be
adapted accordingly.

Note
HOLMBERG microphones (TDU 06) are compulsory in
conjunction with GSM on-board.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.138 Page 204 [ 23-60]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-18 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Cockpit hand microphone A318-100 Hand microphone LEM SA M83P1801A 3 SFE
basic equipment A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

06 Cockpit hand microphone A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Hand microphones HOLMBERG 85-16-12022- 3 SFE
alternate equipment - HOLM- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. 05
BERG, PN 85-16-12022-05 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Compulsory in conjunction with GSM on-
board.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.50.138 Page 205 [ 23-61]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)

Objective Description
To improve audio communication for cockpit crew by in- Active noise canceling boomsets are installed in re-
stallation of active noise canceling boomsets. placement of the basic boomsets.

Basic aircraft The modification consists of:


• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the • system provision (including any necessary wiring) to
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the accommodate active noise canceling boomsets with
boomset and one jack type for a headset XLR-5 plug. The required power supply shall be 28
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's VDC, + 28 VDC on Pin 5 and earth (together with Au-
station dio Lo) on Pin 2
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec- • adaptation of the wiring between the AMU and the
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro- Captain, First Officer and third occupant boost recep-
phone, and one jack type for a headset tacle (XLR-5 plug) in order to be able to install active
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant, noise canceling boomsets
linked to third occupant's audio output • installation of three active noise canceling boomsets.
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones. Note
As this modification requires change of the audio sys-
tem wiring principle on aircraft, the audio transmission
quality can be affected.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.103 Page 206 [ 23-62]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-10 - Active noise canceling boomsets locations

BOOMSET

HEADSET

HAND MIC

Captain First Officer Jack panel


boomset boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone

Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.103 Page 207 [ 23-63]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

04 Installation of active noise can- A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5 Boomset SENNHEISER 026-35-999- 3 SFE
celing boomsets (SFE) - SEN- A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5 3211
NHEISER HMEC 26-CP A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.103 Page 208 [ 23-64]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.103 Page 209 [ 23-65]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment

Objective EPAC selection mode


To provide alternate equipment for boomsets. Individual

Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec-
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro-
phone, and one jack type for a headset
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones.

Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equip-
ment complying with ARINC 535A and 538B specifica-
tions.

The boomset plugs shall be ITT common type XLR-5-


12-C or equivalent.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.136 Page 210 [ 23-66]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-11 - Boomsets locations

BOOMSET

HEADSET

HAND MIC

Captain First Officer Jack panel


boomset boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone

Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.136 Page 211 [ 23-67]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Boomsets basic equipment - A318-100 Boomset HOLMBERG 1046GT2102 3 SFE


HOLMBERG A319-100
A320-200 AY
A321-200

27 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset TELEX COMMU- 64300-210 3 SFE
ment - TELEX COMMUNICA- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. NICATIONS INC
TIONS, PN 64300-210 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

30 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset SENNHEISER 046-55-999- 3 SFE


ment - SENNHEISER - HME46- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. 0231
C (SFE) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.136 Page 212 [ 23-68]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.136 Page 213 [ 23-69]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs

Objective dedicated to the boomset. Therefore, it is no more pos-


To provide alternate equipment for boomsets. sible to connect simultaneously a boomset and a head-
set.
Basic aircraft
• two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the EPAC selection mode
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the Individual
boomset and one jack type for a headset
• two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
• a jack panel for the third occupant with three connec-
tors: one for the boomset, one for the hand micro-
phone, and one jack type for a headset
• a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
• three boomsets
• three hand microphones.

Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equip-
ment with two jack plugs, complying with ARINC 535A
and 538B specifications.
The boomset jack plugs shall be type JP068 and JP055.
The three jack panels (pilots and third occupant) are re-
placed by new ones mechanically interchangeable,
where the boomset connector and the headset jack
connector are replaced by two jack connectors both

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.139 Page 214 [ 23-70]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-12 - Boomsets locations

BOOMSET
MIC

RCVR

HAND MIC

Captain First Officer Jack panel


boomset boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone

Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.139 Page 215 [ 23-71]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

04 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset TELEX COMMU- 64300-212 3 SFE
ment with two jack plugs - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. NICATIONS INC
TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
64300-212

05 Boomsets alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Boomset SENNHEISER 046-55-999- 3 SFE


ment with two jack plugs - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. 0131
SENNHEISER, model HME46-K A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.139 Page 216 [ 23-72]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.51.139 Page 217 [ 23-73]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system

Objective
The purpose of the video monitoring system is to:
• enable the flight crew to identify anyone asking to en-
ter the cockpit
• provide the flight crew with a visual image of the
cockpit door area in order to be able to assess any
suspicious behaviour and potential threats to flight
safety.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) shall be
composed of:
• two video cameras located in Door 1 area
• one video camera located in cockpit entrance area
• a display located in the cockpit.
The camera view shall be selectable by the flight crew
in the cockpit.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.70.110 Page 218 [ 23-74]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-22 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of a Cockpit Door A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0


Survey System A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0

14 Installation of Cockpit Door A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0


Surveillance System (CDSS) A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
connected to the ECAM SD A321-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
Requires prior acceptance of
CN31.60.120/10 Installation of cockpit
display units with video capability.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.70.110 Page 219 [ 23-75]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment

Objective Description
To replace the basic Solid State Cockpit Voice Record- The basic SSCVR equipment is replaced by alternate
er (SSCVR) by an alternate one complying with airwor- equipment
thiness requirements.
The SSCVR has the capability to store the last 2 hours Note
of crew conversations and communications in flight and All equipment are electrically and mechanically inter-
on ground in a box able to endure severe environment changeable.
conditions.
EPAC selection mode
Basic aircraft Individual
One SSCVR is installed in the aft section of the aircraft.
The SSCVR automatically starts recording:
• on ground during the first five minutes following ener-
gization of the aircraft electrical network
• on ground with one engine running
• in flight with engines running or stopped.
The SSCVR automatically stops recording five minutes
after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSCVR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton to allow pre-flight
checklist recording.
The complete erasure of the SSCVR can be performed
by pushing the ERASE pushbutton provided the aircraft
is on ground with parking brake applied.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.103 Page 220 [ 23-76]


A320 Family Communications 23
Figure 23-13 - SSCVR location
Area microphone

RCDR
GRD CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST

A
U
ON T
O

CVR control panel

C73 C74

CVR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.103 Page 221 [ 23-77]


23 Communications A320 Family
Table 23-23 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std SSCVR basic equipment - L3 A318-100 Solid State Cockpit L3 COMMUNICA- 2100-1026-02 1 SFE
COMMUNICATIONS, PN 2100- A319-100
A320-200 Voice Recorder TIONS
1026-02 A321-200 (SSCVR)
Compliant with FAR amendments 121-
338 and 25-124.

10 SSCVR alternate equipment - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Cockpit Voice HONEYWELL 980-6022-001 1 SFE
HONEYWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (CVR) INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.103 Page 222 [ 23-78]


A320 Family Communications 23

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.103 Page 223 [ 23-79]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for
CVR
Objective
To comply with FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-124.

Basic aircraft
The SSCVR is basically connected to 115 VAC power
supply.

Description
The SSCVR is connected to the 28 VDC 401PP busbar
which is supplied by the aircraft batteries. This allows
the SSCVR to remain powered for at least 10 minutes
as requested by FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-
124.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.110 Page 224 [ 23-80]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-24 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Recorder Independent Power A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
supply for CVR A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.110 Page 225 [ 23-81]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording

Objective
To allow the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) to record
ATC datalink communications.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
System provision is installed to give to the Cockpit
Voice Recorder (CVR) the capability to record ATC
datalink communications.

Note
Provision for CVR capable of data link recording is rec-
ommended for customers operating in FANS environ-
ment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.120 Page 226 [ 23-82]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-25 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 System provision for CVR A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0


capable of data link recording A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.71.120 Page 227 [ 23-83]


23 Communications A320 Family
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)

Objective • additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit


To notify the Flight Crew when the Cabin Crew are be- indicator / reset button
ing threatened and to notify the Cabin Crew when the • additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
Flight Crew are being threatened. alert horn.

The switches must be pushed for at least 1 second for


Basic aircraft
None. alert initiation to avoid unintended activation.
The Cabin Crew signalling consists of:
Description • distribution of special chime sequence
In addition to the existing cabin/cockpit interphone func- • special message on AIP
• ACP indication.
tion, an alert communication system between the cabin All visual indications are limited in time (e.g. 30 sec-
and the cockpit and vice-versa is implemented. onds) to avoid any reset procedure.

The modification comprises the installation of: The activation of the respective control logic and as-
• an additional switch near each Cockpit Crew location signment of lighted and aural warnings is done by repro-
to activate lighted and aural warnings in the cabin
• an additional switch near each Cabin Attendant sta- gramming of the CIDS Cabin Assignment Module
tion to activate the horn and the additional indicator (CAM).
light in the cockpit
• an additional cockpit indicator / reset button on the EPAC selection mode
cockpit center pedestal 119VU Individual
• an additional cockpit alert horn
• additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
switch
• additional wires between DEU B and respective
switches in the cabin

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.73.200 Page 228 [ 23-84]


A320 Family Communications 23
Table 23-26 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of cockpit and A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0


cabin alert switches (Aircraft A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
Security Project) A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.73.200 Page 229 [ 23-85]


23 Communications A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 23.73.200 Page 230 [ 23-86]


A320 Family Electrical power 24

Reference Title
24.55.101 Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries OFF

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 231 [ 24-1]


24 Electrical power A320 Family
24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with
batteries OFF
Objective
To be able to use PA during emergency evacuation
even when the aircraft batteries are switched off.

Basic aircraft
PA system, if installed, is not supplied when batteries
are switched off.

Description
The essential equipment of CIDS is switched automati-
cally to the hot battery bus when the aircraft loses main
power and whenever the emergency exit light switch is
set to "arm" or "on".

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 24.55.101 Page 232 [ 24-2]


A320 Family Electrical power 24
Table 24-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 PA power supply in emergency A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0


condition with batteries OFF A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 24.55.101 Page 233 [ 24-3]


24 Electrical power A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 24.55.101 Page 234 [ 24-4]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Reference Title
25.10.108 Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
25.11.102 Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
25.11.208 Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
25.27.100 Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area
25.27.101 Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
25.50.137 Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
25.50.510 Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.520 Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft cargo holds
25.52.190 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A320)
25.52.191 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A321)
25.52.202 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding carpet
system
25.52.204 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
25.52.205 System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A321)
25.52.212 Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system
25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 235 [ 25-1]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Reference Title
25.52.310 Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.315 Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404 Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds
25.52.407 Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410 Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)
25.52.500 Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
25.52.511 Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 236 [ 25-2]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 237 [ 25-3]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield

Objective
To provide means of securing documents to the
glareshield above the main instrument panel.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
A paper holder capable of accommodating A4 size pa-
per is installed on the cockpit glareshield.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.10.108 Page 238 [ 25-4]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of paper holder on A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0


the glareshield A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.10.108 Page 239 [ 25-5]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin

Objective
To change captain's and first officer's seat covering.

Basic aircraft
Captain and first officer seats are covered with cloth ma-
terial.

Description
This change consists of replacing basic captain and first
officer seats by seats equipped with sheepskin.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.102 Page 240 [ 25-6]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-1 - Pilot seat with sheepskin cover

Sheepskin

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.102 Page 241 [ 25-7]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Pilot seats alternate cover - A318-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6 Seat, Captain with SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
white sheepskin - EADS A319-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6
A320-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 white sheepskin ROCHEFORT 03PE21-01
SOGERMA A321-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 cover
Seat, First Officer SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
with white sheep- ROCHEFORT 03CE21-01
skin cover
03 Pilot seats alternate cover - A318-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6 Seat, Captain with SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
grey sheepskin - EADS A319-100 1.6/1.6/-1.6
A320-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 grey sheepskin ROCHEFORT 03PE22-01
SOGERMA A321-200 1.6/1.6/-1.6 cover
Seat, First Officer SOGERMA TAAI3- 1 SFE
with grey sheep- ROCHEFORT 03CE22-01
skin cover

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.102 Page 242 [ 25-8]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.102 Page 243 [ 25-9]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit

Objective
To provide an additional seat for a fourth occupant.

Basic aircraft
Full provision is made for an additional folding seat.

Description
A folding seat is installed in the cockpit for the fourth oc-
cupant, provided with associated emergency equip-
ment:
• a safety shoulder harness equipped with an adjust-
able crotch strap
• an oxygen mask supply box and a full face quick don-
ning oxygen mask
• a life vest located under the seat (selectable through
global emergency RFC).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.208 Page 244 [ 25-10]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-2 - Fourth occupant seat

Sliding window
(emergency
evacuation)

Capt's seat F/O's seat

Capt's briefcase

Lat console
Fixed
window

Third
occupant's
Fourth occupant's seat seat

Coat stowage Right rear


panel

Handset

Lavatory Galley

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.208 Page 245 [ 25-11]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of fourth occupant A318-100 11.5/12.0/-12.0 Folding seat EADS SOGERMA 2510154-01- 1 SFE
seat in cockpit - SOGERMA/ A319-100 11.5/12.0/-12.0
A320-200 11.5/12.0/-12.0 SERVICES. 00
SOCEA A321-200 11.5/12.0/-12.0
The harness is not compliant with TSO-
C114 regulation.
Quick donning full INTERTECH- MF20-534 1 SFE
face oxygen mask NIQUE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.208 Page 246 [ 25-12]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.11.208 Page 247 [ 25-13]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door
area
Objective
To increase the comfort for Cabin Attendants (C/A) in
forward door area during long distance flights.

Basic aircraft
Door area heating is provided by the standard air condi-
tioning system.

Description
A heated floor panel system is installed to increase the
temperature in the forward passenger/crew/service
door areas (RH and LH) at floor level.
The temperature of the floor panels is controlled via
control units.

Note
An ON/OFF switch can be selected through
CN25.27.101/11.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.100 Page 248 [ 25-14]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-3 - Floor panel heating for forward passenger/crew/service door area

Attendant seats

Floor panels
(heated area is hatched)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.100 Page 249 [ 25-15]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of enhanced A318-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0


heated floor panels for fwd A319-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0
A320-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
passenger/crew/service door A321-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
area

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.100 Page 250 [ 25-16]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.100 Page 251 [ 25-17]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels

Objective
To give the crew the control on the heated floor panels
operation.

Basic aircraft
None

Description
An ON/OFF switch is installed to allow the crew to con-
trol the heated floor panel operation.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.101 Page 252 [ 25-18]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

11 Installation of heated floor A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


panel On/Off control function A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
on FAP A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.27.101 Page 253 [ 25-19]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels

Objective Note
To provide sealing of the lateral cargo compartment In case a semi-automatic cargo loading system (CLS) is
floor panels. installed in forward and aft cargo compartments, rubber
seal profiles will be introduced in the area of CLS instal-
Basic aircraft lation (not in bulk cargo compartment No. 5) as part of
Rubber seal profiles are installed in between the hori- the CLS definition.
zontal part and the first sloping part of lateral cargo com- For cargo configurations with CLS, TDU 02 will install
partment floor panels. rubber seal profiles also in the remaining bulk cargo
compartment No. 5.
Description
Rubber seal profiles are installed to fill the small gaps EPAC selection mode
between both lateral parts of the cargo compartment Global CARGO
floor and to the side wall lining to prevent for example
accumulation of dirt.

Rubber seal profiles are installed:


• at the junction of the two sloped parts of the cargo
compartment floor panels
• at the junction of the sloped part of the cargo com-
partment floor panels next to side wall and the side
wall liner panels.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.137 Page 254 [ 25-20]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-4 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels

Additional rubber seal profiles

Basic rubber seal

Side wall lining

Cargo floor panels (sloped part)


Cargo floor panels (horizontal part)

Additional rubber seal profiles


Basic rubber seal

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.137 Page 255 [ 25-21]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of rubber seal pro- A318-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0


files for floor panels in fwd and A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 5.0/5.0/-5.0
aft cargo holds A321-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0

02 Installation of rubber seal pro- A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0


files for floor panels in bulk A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
cargo compartment No. 5
Requires prior acceptance - CN25.52.304
or 404 - Installation of CLS.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.137 Page 256 [ 25-22]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.137 Page 257 [ 25-23]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds

Objective • net attachment points located on the cargo hold floor


To provide a full bulk configuration for lower deck cargo and ceiling area at standard and optional divider net
holds. positions
• tie-down points located on the cargo hold floor
• load and net arrangement placards.
Basic aircraft
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi-
Note
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the In case of optional provision for an Additional Center
forward and aft cargo holds (optional divider net posi- Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold, ACT support system com-
tions in aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319). ponents (roller tracks, latching devices etc. as applica-
System provision for CLS in forward and aft cargo holds ble) shall be installed on the cargo hold floor (see details
(A319, A320 and A321) plus minimum electrical provi- under appropriate TDUs).
sion for mechanized bulk loading system in forward and
aft cargo holds (aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319) EPAC selection mode
are installed. Global CARGO

Description
The full bulk configuration consists mainly of:
• basic cargo hold lining on ceiling, side and partition
walls and basic cargo hold floor panels, capable of
bulk loading up to a maximum average load density
of 15 lb/cu ft
• standard door and divider nets as required for full
bulk transport
• protection devices for rapid decompression panels at
frame 24A

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.510 Page 258 [ 25-24]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-5 - Full bulk configuration in forward and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.510 Page 259 [ 25-25]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Basic full bulk configuration - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


without ACT provision A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

02 Basic full bulk configuration - A319-100 50.0/50.0/-50.0


with full provision for one ACT A320-200 50.0/50.0/-50.0
(A319/A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320),
or CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A319).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

03 Basic full bulk configuration - A321-200 50.0/50.0/-50.0


with full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04 Basic full bulk configuration - A319-100 85.0/85.0/-85.0


with full provision for two ACTs A320-200 85.0/85.0/-85.0
(A319/A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provi-
sion for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.510 Page 260 [ 25-26]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Basic full bulk configuration - A321-200 85.0/85.0/-85.0


with full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.510 Page 261 [ 25-27]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward
and aft cargo holds
Objective
To increase the durability / impact resistance of the car-
go compartment floor panels if required by operation ex-
periences of the airline.

Basic aircraft
Standard cargo floor panels capable of bulk loading
15 lb/cu ft are installed.

Description
The installation of reinforced cargo floor panels is limit-
ed to the flat floor to minimize the weight increase.
The reinforced floor panels feature a modified build-up
with two additional layers of prepeg with increased im-
pact resistance.

Note
New panel layout and quantity depends on selected
cargo compartment configuration such as standard
bulk/optional CLS with or without ACT provision in aft
cargo hold (see details under appropriate TDUs).

EPAC selection mode


Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 262 [ 25-28]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-6 - Reinforced cargo floor panels
C1 C24 C34 C47 C59 C65 C87
A

A320
Bulk cargo compartment
Forward cargo hold

Aft cargo hold

Prepegs (8 layers) ; anti-slip surface

Prepreg/honeycomb sandwich architecture

{ 12.5 mm

Honeycomb

Reinforced cargo floor panel for heavy bulk usage (BCCS8 type, 15 lb/cu ft)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 263 [ 25-29]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A318-100 15.0/15.0/-15.0


& aft cargo holds - with full A319-100 15.0/15.0/-15.0
A320-200 28.0/28.0/-28.0
bulk configuration A321-200 35.0/35.0/-35.0

02 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A320-200


& aft cargo holds - with CLS A321-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/01 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT pro-
vision (A320/A321)

03 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0


& aft cargo holds - with bulk & A320-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0
full prov. for one ACT (A319/
A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A319),
or CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

04 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A321-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 264 [ 25-30]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A320-200 9.0/9.0/-9.0


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for one ACT
(A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/02 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provi-
sion for one ACT (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

06 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A321-200 23.0/23.0/-23.0


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/03 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provi-
sion for one ACT (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

07 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0


& aft cargo holds - with bulk & A320-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0
full prov. for two ACTs (A319/
A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provi-
sion for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

08 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A321-200 23.0/23.0/-23.0


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 265 [ 25-31]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

09 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A320-200 -22.0/-22.0/22.0


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for two ACTs
(A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/04 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provi-
sion for two ACTs (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

10 Reinforced floor panels in fwd A321-200 -18.0/-18.0/18.0


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/05 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provi-
sion for two ACTs (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 266 [ 25-32]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.50.520 Page 267 [ 25-33]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A320)
Objective for A320-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
To provide system provision adapting the installation of applicable
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to in- • adequate markings according to the new cargo com-
crease the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of partment configuration.
bulk cargo and baggage.
Note for A320-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
Basic aircraft for A320-200 is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
dition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load-
ing system, and structural provision for attaching option-
EPAC selection mode
al divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds. Global CARGO

Description for A320-200


The system provision consists mainly of:
• installation of structural reinforcements such as sup-
ports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
• installation of brackets and consoles for control pan-
els and wall sockets
• installation of additional tie down fittings where appli-
cable
• electrical system connection to existing provision
• installation of electrical door circuit control
• modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where appli-
cable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.190 Page 268 [ 25-34]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-7 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in fwd cargo hold
A320 forward cargo hold shown
System provision

Relocation of divider net

Sliding Carpet System (SCS)

A320 forward cargo hold


- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.190 Page 269 [ 25-35]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 System provision for mecha- A320-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0


nized bulk loading system in
fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.190 Page 270 [ 25-36]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.190 Page 271 [ 25-37]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A321)
Objective for A321-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
To provide system provision adapting the installation of applicable
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to in- • adequate markings according to the new cargo com-
crease the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of partment configuration.
bulk cargo and baggage.
Note for A321-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
Basic aircraft for A321-200 is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
dition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load-
ing system, and structural provision for attaching option-
EPAC selection mode
al divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds. Global CARGO

Description for A321-200


The system provision consists mainly of:
• installation of structural reinforcements such as sup-
ports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
• installation of brackets and consoles for control pan-
els and wall sockets
• installation of additional tie down fittings where appli-
cable
• electrical system connection to existing provision
• installation of electrical door circuit control
• modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where appli-
cable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.191 Page 272 [ 25-38]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 System provision for mecha- A321-200 12.0/12.0/-12.0


nized bulk loading system in
fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.191 Page 273 [ 25-39]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold -
sliding carpet system
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 This modification mainly covers the following tasks:
To install the Sliding Carpet System (SCS), an in-plane • Installation of:
mechanized bulk loading system, on system provisions • flex-down support
for SCS. • support panels
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase bulk cargo • guide unit panels
loading efficiency, reduce manpower and bulk cargo • drive unit panel
loading time. • ramp
• movable bulkhead
• carpet
• side guides
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi- • control box
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the • cargo compartment placards
• relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
fwd cargo hold.
applicable)
System provision for CLS in fwd cargo hold plus mini- • adaptation of manuals.
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system in fwd cargo hold is made. Note for A320-200 and A321-200
• research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 the aircraft
An electrically powered Sliding Carpet System is in- • for A320-200, requires prior acceptance of
stalled in fwd cargo hold in the area from the cargo door CN25.52.190/02 - System provision for mechanized
(frame C28) to the aft partition wall. bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.202 Page 274 [ 25-40]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold -
sliding carpet system (Continued)
• for A321-200, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.191/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system.

EPAC selection mode


Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.202 Page 275 [ 25-41]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Figure 25-8 - Mechanized bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet

Control box
installed at ceiling
FWD cargo
door

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.202 Page 276 [ 25-42]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Mechanized bulk loading sys- A320-200 161.0/161.0/-161.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 20-20200-2- 1 BFE
tem (sliding carpet with tie- tem with tie-down NATIONAL 01
down) in fwd cargo hold -
TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
Sliding carpet system comprises tie-down
capability.

02 Mechanized bulk loading sys- A320-200 153.0/153.0/-153.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 20-20200-2- 1 BFE
tem (sliding carpet without tie- tem without tie- NATIONAL 02
down) in fwd cargo hold - down
TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.

03 Mechanized bulk loading sys- A321-200 240.0/240.0/-240.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 21-20200-8- 1 BFE
tem (sliding carpet without tie- tem NATIONAL 00
down) in fwd cargo hold -
TELAIR (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.202 Page 277 [ 25-43]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A319/A320)
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
To provide system provision adapting the installation of applicable
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to in- • adequate markings according to the new cargo com-
crease the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of partment configuration.
bulk cargo and baggage.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200
• research has determined that manual loading of
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load- the aircraft
ing system and structural provision for attaching option- • incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
al divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
EPAC selection mode
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 Global CARGO
The system provision consists mainly of :
• installation of structural reinforcements such as sup-
ports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
• installation of brackets and consoles for control pan-
els and wall sockets
• installation of additional tie down fittings where appli-
cable
• electrical system connection on existing provision
• installation of electrical door circuit control
• modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where appli-
cable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.204 Page 278 [ 25-44]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-9 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in aft cargo hold

System provision A320 aft cargo hold shown

Relocation of divider net

Sliding Carpet System (SCS)

A319/A320 aft cargo hold


- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.204 Page 279 [ 25-45]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-12 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 System provision for mecha- A319-100 7.0/7.0/-7.0


nized bulk loading system in A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0
aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.204 Page 280 [ 25-46]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.204 Page 281 [ 25-47]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A321)
Objective for A321-200 • removal and/or replacement of divider nets where
To provide system provision adapting the installation of applicable
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to in- • adequate markings according to the new cargo com-
crease the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of partment configuration.
bulk cargo and baggage.
Note for A321-200
• research has determined that manual loading of
Basic aircraft for A321-200 loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load- the aircraft
ing system and structural provision for attaching option- • incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
al divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
EPAC selection mode
Description for A321-200 Global CARGO
The system provision consists mainly of :
• installation of structural reinforcements such as sup-
ports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
• installation of brackets and consoles for control pan-
els and wall sockets
• installation of additional tie down fittings where appli-
cable
• electrical system connection on existing provision
• installation of electrical door circuit control
• modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where appli-
cable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.205 Page 282 [ 25-48]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-13 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 System provision for mecha- A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0


nized bulk loading system in
aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.205 Page 283 [ 25-49]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 This modification mainly covers the following tasks:
To install the sliding carpet system, an in-plane mecha- - Installation of:
nized bulk loading system, on dedicated system provi- • flex-down support
sion. • support panels
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase the bulk car- • guide unit panels
go loading efficiency, reduce manpower and times for • drive unit panel
• ramp
bulk cargo loading. • movable bulkhead
• carpet
• side guides
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • control box
200 • cargo compartment placards.
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provi- - Relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
sion is made for attaching optional divider nets in the aft applicable).
cargo hold. - Adaptation of manuals.
System provision for CLS in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
loading system in aft cargo hold are made. • research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, caus-
ing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • for A319 and A320, requires prior acceptance of
200 CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for mechanized
An electrically powered sliding carpet system is in- bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
stalled in aft cargo hold in the area from the forward par- system
tition wall to the cargo door area.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.212 Page 284 [ 25-50]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system (Continued)
• for A321, requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.205/
02 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system.

EPAC selection mode


Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.212 Page 285 [ 25-51]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Figure 25-10 - Sliding carpet system in aft cargo hold

Aft cargo hold

r
doo
cargo Control box
Aft installed at ceiling

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.212 Page 286 [ 25-52]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-14 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of mechanized bulk A319-100 143.0/143.0/-143.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 19-10400-2- 1 BFE
loading system (sliding carpet) tem NATIONAL 00
in aft cargo hold - A319 -
TELAIR
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

03 Installation of mechanized bulk A320-200 156.0/156.0/-156.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 20-10400-2- 1 BFE
loading system (sliding carpet) tem NATIONAL 02
in aft cargo hold - A320 -
TELAIR
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

04 Installation of mechanized bulk A321-200 190.0/190.0/-190.0 Sliding carpet sys- TELAIR INTER- 21-10400-8- 1 BFE
loading system (sliding carpet) tem NATIONAL 00
in aft cargo hold - A321 -
TELAIR
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.205/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.212 Page 287 [ 25-53]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward
and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 The max.gross weight of each ULD is limited for the Sin-
To improve the turnround efficiency by reducing the car- gle Aisle CLS to 2500 lbs (1134 kg).
go loading/unloading time (with a single loader), to min-
imize the risk of injuries to bulk loading staff and to A320:
improve the customer services. • 3 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
• 4 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, mini- A321:
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading • 5 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
systems, and structural provision for attaching optional • 5 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The loading/unloading time is significantly longer due to The modification consists of:
the various factors involved with manual loading. • replacement of the standard bulk floor panels, side-
wall/ceiling panels by light weight panels
• removal of protection devices for rapid decompres-
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 sion panels at frame 24 A
An electrically powered, semi-automatic CLS is in- • installation of a drainage system in conjunction with
stalled in the forward and aft cargo holds allowing the the CLS
transport of the following ULDs: • structural modifications allowing CLS installation and
system operation
Containers:
• installation of modified placards according to the new
NAS 3610: 2K2C (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour AKG/ cargo hold configuration
AKH. • installation of the CLS and the following associated
Pallets: system components:
NAS 3610: 2K2C/2K3P (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour 1) Restraint, guidance:
PK/PKx. • guides, latches and endstops.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 288 [ 25-54]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward
and aft cargo holds (A320/A321) (Continued)
2) Transport:
• roller tracks, ballmats.
3) Conveyance:
• power drive units, control panels, proximity switches.

Note for A320-200 and A321-200


Research has determined that manual loading of loads
is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in ad-
dition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.

EPAC selection mode


Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 289 [ 25-55]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Figure 25-11 - Semi-automatic CLS for forward and aft cargo holds
34 59
28 31 56
52
A
24
A

A320 50

47

Semi-automatic CLS Semi-automatic CLS


for forward cargo hold for aft cargo hold
compartment No 1 compartment No 3 and No 4

35
2
59
56
34 52
A
28 31
A321 24
A
50
47
5

47
2

Semi-automatic CLS Semi-automatic CLS


for forward cargo hold for aft cargo hold
compartment No 1 and No 2 compartment No 3 and No 4

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 290 [ 25-56]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-15 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 122.0/122.0/-122.0


and aft cargo holds - without A321-200 102.0/102.0/-102.0
ACT provision (A320/A321)

02 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 153.0/153.0/-153.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

03 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A321-200 133.0/133.0/-133.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A320-200 177.0/177.0/-177.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 291 [ 25-57]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Semi-automatic CLS in fwd A321-200 157.0/157.0/-157.0


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 292 [ 25-58]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.304 Page 293 [ 25-59]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200 • adequate load placarding and markings according to
To allow occasional loading of bulk cargo on top of the the new cargo compartment configuration.
installed Cargo Loading System (CLS).
Note for A320-200 and A321-200
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200 • the cargo holds are capable for bulk loading up to an
Full bulk configuration, structural provision for attaching average bulk loading density of 10 lb/cu ft (160 kg/cu
m)
optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds • the operation in occasional bulk mode requires the
plus system provision for CLS and minimum electrical installation of divider nets and door nets as per WBM.
provisions for mechanized bulk loading systems. These nets are not part of this provision but can be
provided by Airbus on specific request or can be or-
Description for A320-200 and A321-200 dered directly at the net manufacturer
• with reference to the light weight cargo lining and
Fixed provision for occasional bulk loading are provided floor as part of the CLS option, occasional bulk load-
in addition to an installed semi-automatic CLS (option- ing shall not exceed 60 flights per year. More fre-
al). quent operation in occasional bulk mode increases
Occasional bulk loading applies on routes/destinations, the possibility of damage to lining and floor panels
where: • restrictions apply for individual items of load exceed-
ing the weight of 110 lb (50 kg).
• no ground service equipment is available
• no ULDs are available
• baggage requirements call for maximum volume uti- EPAC selection mode
lization of the cargo holds. Global CARGO

The fixed provision consists mainly of:


• protection devices for the rapid decompression pan-
els and a fender at frame 24

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.310 Page 294 [ 25-60]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-12 - Forward and aft cargo holds configuration
Basic divider net
34 59
56
28 31
52
A
24
A

A320 50

47

Basic divider net


Door nets and divider nets are
not provided with this option. 35
5 59
56
35
2
52
A
34

28 31
50
24
A
47
A321 5

47
2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.310 Page 295 [ 25-61]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Fixed provision for occasional A320-200 9.0/9.0/-9.0


bulk capability in forward and A321-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0
aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.310 Page 296 [ 25-62]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.310 Page 297 [ 25-63]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To facilitate later retrofit installation of a semi-automatic The additional circuit breakers are secured by clips to
Cargo Loading System (CLS). prevent power on system.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- EPAC selection mode
200 Global CARGO
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, elec-
trical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
the forward and aft cargo holds.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
The modification consists of:
• installation of new wire harnesses (wire bridges) on
the main terminal boards 2820VT (forward cargo
hold) and 7506VT (aft cargo hold) for power supply
and control function
• installation of modified circuit breaker panels
2000VU (for forward cargo hold) and 2001VU (for aft
cargo hold) by including two additional circuit break-
ers per CB panel for power supply and control func-
tion.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.315 Page 298 [ 25-64]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Table 25-17 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full electrical provision for A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0


semi-automatic CLS A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.315 Page 299 [ 25-65]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • fender for protection devices for the rapid decom-
To provide operational capability either to transport pression at frame 24 A.
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average den-
sity of 15 lb/cu ft. EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-
200
Full bulk configuration and structural provision for at-
taching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical pro-
vision for mechanized bulk loading system.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
The modification consists of the installation of:
• electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
• additional tie-down fittings
• door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the for-
ward and aft cargo holds
• reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
• drainage system
• side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 300 [ 25-66]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-13 - CLS with full bulk capability

Installation of full bulk


sidewalls/ceiling panels

Basic CLS
provisions
CLS + full bulk
(nets included)

AKH AKH
AKH
or
ACT
Reinforced cargo floor

A321

A320

A319

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 301 [ 25-67]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-18 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 CLS with full bulk capability in A319-100 134.0/134.0/-134.0


fwd and aft cargo holds - with- A320-200 160.0/160.0/-160.0
A321-200 190.0/190.0/-190.0
out ACT provision

02 CLS with full bulk capability in A320-200 175.0/175.0/-175.0


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for one ACT
(A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

03 CLS with full bulk capability in A321-200 201.0/201.0/-201.0


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04 CLS with full bulk capability in A320-200 196.0/196.0/-196.0


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for two ACTs
(A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 302 [ 25-68]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 CLS with full bulk capability in A321-200 223.0/223.0/-223.0


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.404 Page 303 [ 25-69]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs
(A319)
Objective for A319-100 • Deletion of the standard divider net at frame 59 and
To provide bulk loading capability in aft cargo door area installation of a new divider net at frame 60
for configuration with two ULDs loaded. • Installation of modified cargo compartment placards
• Adaptation of manuals
Basic aircraft for A319-100
Full bulk configuration in fwd and aft cargo hold and Note for A319-100
With this modification, the new divider net position at
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
frame 60 will separate aft cargo compartment No. 4
aft cargo hold.
from the bulk compartment No. 5 for ULD and for full
System provision for CLS in fwd and aft cargo hold plus
bulk transportation.
minimum electrical provisions for mechanized bulk
loading systems in aft cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO
Description for A319-100
This option provides the capability to load the remaining
space in the aft cargo door area with bulk, when two
ULDs are transported on position 41 and 42.

Due to the relocation of the standard divider net position


from frame 59 to 60, this new net section is enlarged to
offer improved cargo loading conditions.

The modification consists of:


• Installation of a new divider net at frame 57

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.407 Page 304 [ 25-70]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-14 - Bulk loading in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)

Net configuration with two ULDs loaded

Net configuration for full bulk cargo loading complete aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.407 Page 305 [ 25-71]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Bulk loading capability in aft A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0


cargo hold door area behind
two ULDs (A319)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.407 Page 306 [ 25-72]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.407 Page 307 [ 25-73]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door
area (A319)
Objective for A319-100 The loading and unloading of the special container is
To provide an additional loading position for a special done manually.
container in the cargo door area of compartment 4.
This additional container can be used as a last-minute The modification consists of:
baggage container and will optimize the Demand Driven • structural reinforcements
Dispatch reliability of an airline operating the AIRBUS • installation of an additional lowerable Z-latch
Single Aisle aircraft family. • installation of retractable, electrically powered front
roller at frame 58
• modification of ballmat
Basic aircraft for A319-100 • attachment of modified placards and markings ac-
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS, cording to the new cargo hold configuration.
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk load-
ing systems and structural provision for attaching op- Note for A319-100
tional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds. Requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.404/01 - CLS
with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo holds - with-
Description for A319-100 out ACT provision.
This option provides the capability to transport a special
container in the cargo door area between frame 56A EPAC selection mode
and frame 59 with the semi-automatic CLS installed. Global CARGO

This special LD3/40-45 container has a baseplate of


39.75 in x 61.5 in with IATA contour H and can be load-
ed up to a max. gross weight of 1 660 lb (753 kg).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.410 Page 308 [ 25-74]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-15 - Additional container in aft cargo hold (A319)

96 in (2438 mm)

45 in (1143 mm)

61.5 in (1562 mm)


39.75 in (1009,7 mm)

Additional container A319


Type : LD3 - 40/45
IATA contour H
Internal volume : 80 cu ft (2,3 cu m)
Tare weight : 110 to 180 lb (50 to 80 kg)
MGW : 1660 lb (753 kg)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.410 Page 309 [ 25-75]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for installation of A319-100 3.0/3.0/-3.0


special container in aft cargo
hold, door area (A319)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.410 Page 310 [ 25-76]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.410 Page 311 [ 25-77]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 - For A321:


To ease the guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished • twelve guides are installed between frame 28 and
pallets. 35.5 on the RH side of the hold
• twelve guides are installed between frame 26 and
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- frame 35.5 on the LH side of the hold.
200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, mini- Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
mum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading Requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
system and structural provision for attaching optional di- cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including struc-
vider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds. tural provision for continuous side guides, and two
guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- side guides are specifically recommended when using
200 netted pallets to prevent entanglement of the net mesh-
- For A319: es on the fixed YZ latches.
• three guides are installed between frame 28 and
31 on the RH side of the hold
EPAC selection mode
• three guides are installed between frame 24A and Global CARGO
frame 31 on the LH side of the hold.

- For A320:
• six guides are installed between frame 28 and 34
on the RH side of the hold
• six guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 34 on the LH side of the hold.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.500 Page 312 [ 25-78]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-16 - Continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

35
5 A319
A321 35
2
28 31
34

28 31 e 24
H sid A
nR ide
es
o
RHs
24 gu
id on
A 12 es
uid
3g

e
sid e
n LH sid
so LH
ide on
gu es
12 uid
3g

34
28 31

24 ide
A
RHs
on
es
uid
6g

A320
ide
LHs
on
es
uid
6g

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.500 Page 313 [ 25-79]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of continuous side A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0


guides in forward cargo hold A320-200 12.0/12.0/-12.0
A321-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.500 Page 314 [ 25-80]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.500 Page 315 [ 25-81]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 For A321:


To ease guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished pal- • RH side : nine guides are installed between frame
lets. 47.2 and frame 52A
• RH side : three guides are installed between frame
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- 56 and frame 58
200 • LH side : twelve guides are installed between frame
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, elec- 47.2 and frame 58.
trical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in • requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
the forward and aft cargo holds. cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including
structural provision for continuous side guides, and
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- two guides opposite to the door. The optional contin-
200 uous side guides are specifically recommended
For A319: when using netted pallets to prevent entanglement of
the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches
• RH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/ •
51 and frame 55A
• LH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/ in case of optional provision for ACTs installed, the
51 and frame 56 . number of continuous side guides will change
• on A319, not compatible with CN28.11.140/01 - Full
For A320: provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold (A319).
• RH side : six guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 52A
• RH side : three guides are installed between frame EPAC selection mode
56 and frame 58 Global CARGO
• LH side : nine guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 58.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.511 Page 316 [ 25-82]


A320 Family Equipment/furnishings 25
Figure 25-17 - Continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

59
56 A319 59
A321
52
A
55
A

50

47 ide 52
Hs
5
on
R 47 e
es sid
47 g uid RH
12 n
2 e so
uid
5g

e
sid
n LH
so
ide e
gu sid
12 59 LH
n
e so
56 uid
5g
52
A

ide
RHs Shown for info : CLS configuration.
50 on
uides Other configurations e.g. CLS plus full
9g
bulk capability, ACT provision and
47 ACT installation will change cargo
hold configuration.

e
sid
n LH
so
A320 9g
uid
e

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.511 Page 317 [ 25-83]


25 Equipment/furnishings A320 Family
Table 25-22 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Continuous side guides in aft A319-100 9.0/9.0/-9.0


cargo hold (A319)

02 Continuous side guides in aft A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0


cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A320)

03 Continuous side guides in aft A321-200 21.0/21.0/-21.0


cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A321)

12 Continuous side guides in aft A320-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0


cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

13 Continuous side guides in aft A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0


cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

22 Continuous side guides in aft A320-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0


cargo hold - with provision for
two/one ACTs (A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

23 Continuous side guides in aft A321-200 7.0/7.0/-7.0


cargo hold - with provision for
two/one ACTs (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 25.52.511 Page 318 [ 25-84]


A320 Family Fire protection 26

Reference Title
26.20.103 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.21.104 Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
26.23.103 Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.23.111 Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
26.23.112 Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 319 [ 26-1]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for APU fire extinguish-
er.

Basic aircraft
One APU fire extinguisher assembly composed of a fire
extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge is
installed in the APU compartment.

Description
The basic APU fire extinguisher assembly is replaced
by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.20.103 Page 320 [ 26-2]


A320 Family Fire protection 26
Figure 26-1 - APU fire extinguishing system

Fire emerg.
FDU
stop relays

ECB

Fire
FWC
extinguishing APU
shutdown
bottle
Fuel fire
shutoff valve

Pressure switch
Discharge
cartridge

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.20.103 Page 321 [ 26-3]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
Table 26-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std APU fire extinguisher basic A318-100 APU fire extin- PACIFIC SCIEN- 33600005-3 1 SFE
equipment - PACIFIC SCIEN- A319-100
A320-200 guisher container TIFIC
TIFIC A321-200

01 APU fire extinguisher alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. APU fire extin- KIDDE AERO- 472 412-1 1 SFE
equipment - KIDDE AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. guisher container SPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.20.103 Page 322 [ 26-4]


A320 Family Fire protection 26

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.20.103 Page 323 [ 26-5]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for engine fire extin-
guishers.

Basic aircraft
Two engine fire extinguisher assemblies, composed of
a fire extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and car-
tridge, are installed for each engine.

Description
The basic engine fire extinguisher assemblies are re-
placed by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.21.104 Page 324 [ 26-6]


A320 Family Fire protection 26
Figure 26-2 - Engine fire extinguishing system

AGENT1 AGENT2 APU FIRE AGENT1 AGENT2


F PUSH F
I SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB SQUIB I
R R
E DISCH ENG 1 FIRE DISCH AGENT DISCH ENG 2 FIRE DISCH E
TEST
TEST PUSH SQUIB PUSH TEST
DISCH

AGENT1 AGENT2 115VU


MASTER2
F
SQUIB SQUIB I ENG ENG
MASTER1 MASTER2
R 2 ON
DISCH ENG 2 FIRE DISCH E ON ENG
1
ENG ON
2
PUSH TEST OFF
OFF MODE OFF
NORM
IGN
CRANK START

FIRE FIRE FIRE


FAULT FAULT
Pressure FAULT
Pressure 1 2
switch switch 2
Squib Squib
CFDS

ECAM

LOOP A
FDU
LOOP B (ENG. 2)

Engine fire extinguishers

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.21.104 Page 325 [ 26-7]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
Table 26-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Engine fire extinguishers basic A318-100 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34100005-1 4 SFE
equipment - PACIFIC SCIEN- A319-100
A320-200 container, engine TIFIC
TIFIC A321-200

01 Engine fire extinguishers alter- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Fire extinguisher KIDDE AERO- 472088-1 4 SFE
nate equipment - KIDDE AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. container, engine SPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.21.104 Page 326 [ 26-8]


A320 Family Fire protection 26

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.21.104 Page 327 [ 26-9]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment

Objective for A321-200


To provide alternate equipment for cargo holds fire ex-
tinguisher.

Basic aircraft for A321-200


Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.

Description for A321-200


The basic cargo holds fire extinguisher is replaced by al-
ternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.103 Page 328 [ 26-10]


A320 Family Fire protection 26
Table 26-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Cargo holds fire extinguisher A321-200 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
basic equipment - PACIFIC container, cargo TIFIC
SCIENTIFIC (A321) hold

02 Cargo holds fire extinguisher A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0 Fire extinguisher KIDDE AERO- 472930-3 1 SFE
alternate equipment - KIDDE container, cargo SPACE
AEROSPACE (A321) hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.103 Page 329 [ 26-11]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min

Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability for forward
and aft cargo holds to cope with 120 min diversion time
as required for ETOPS operations.

Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.

Description
For A318, A320 and A321, a second fire extinguishing
bottle is installed.
This second bottle is discharged through a flow meter-
ing system 60 min after the first bottle.
For A319, the fire extinguishing remains a single shot
system with a bottle size increased from 630 cu in to
800 cu in.
This implies:
• adaptation of electrical wiring
• modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corre-
sponding switches and indicator of the cockpit con-
trol panel and circuit breakers.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.111 Page 330 [ 26-12]


A320 Family Fire protection 26
Figure 26-3 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension
Basic fire
extinguisher Extinguisher pipe
bottle 800 cu in

Second fire
Overhead panel extinguisher
A321 bottle 630 cu in
Basic fire
Pre-mod and post-mod (A319) extinguisher
Pre-mod (A318/A320/A321) Second fire bottle 630 cu in
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
DISCH DISCH
CARGO SMOKE

FWD TEST AFT


Fire extinguishing bottles
SMOKE SMOKE
DISCH DISCH A320 630 cu in

630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)
Post-mod (A318/A320/A321) Pressure switch
Fill and safety
Increased fire relief port
CARGO SMOKE extinguisher FW
D HO HO
LD
LD AFT

Discharge outlet
FWD TEST AFT
bottle 800 cu in and cartridge
SMOKE SMOKE Extinguisher pipe
A319 800 cu in

DISCH

AGENT2 800 cu in

Pressure switch
AGENT1 DISCH1 AGENT1 Fill and safety
relief port
AGENT2
DISCH2
AGENT2 Second fire FW LD

extinguisher
D HO

Basic fire
HO
LD AFT

Discharge outlet
extinguisher bottle 630 cu in and cartridge
bottle 630 cu in

A318 Extinguisher pipe

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.111 Page 331 [ 26-13]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
Table 26-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
120 min (A318) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

02 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A319-100 7.0/7.0/-7.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
120 min (A319) hold
The fire extinguisher bottle installed with
the single shot fire extinguishing system
(630 cu in) is replaced by a bigger one
(800 cu in).

03 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A320-200 23.0/23.0/-23.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
120 min (A320) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

04 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A321-200 20.0/20.0/-20.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 1 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
120 min (A321) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle (630 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associ- Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 1 SFE
ated flow metering system. container, cargo TIFIC
hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.111 Page 332 [ 26-14]


A320 Family Fire protection 26

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.111 Page 333 [ 26-15]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min

Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability to 180 min
diversion time for the forward and aft cargo compart-
ments.
It is required for ETOPS operations with class C cargo
compartments.

Basic aircraft
Cargo compartments are designed as class C, with a
single shot fire extinguishing system installed.

Description
A second fire extinguishing bottle is installed.
This second bottle should be discharged through a flow
metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
This implies :
• adaptation of electrical wiring
• modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corre-
sponding switches and indicator of the cockpit con-
trol panel and circuit breakers.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.112 Page 334 [ 26-16]


A320 Family Fire protection 26
Figure 26-4 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 in Extinguisher pipe

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in Basic fire
extinguisher
Overhead panel A321 bottle 630 cu in
Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Pre-mod
Fire extinguishing bottles
DISCH DISCH
CARGO SMOKE 630 cu in
FWD TEST AFT
A320
SMOKE SMOKE
630 cu in
DISCH (0.01 cu m)
DISCH
Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port FW
D HO LD
HO
LD AFT

Discharge outlet
Post-mod and cartridge
Second fire
Basic fire extinguisher
extinguisher bottle 630 cu in
CARGO SMOKE bottle 630 cu in
800 cu in
FWD TEST AFT

SMOKE SMOKE Extinguisher pipe 800 cu in

Pressure switch
A319
Fill and safety
DISCH
relief port
AGENT2 FW
D HO HO
LD
LD AFT

Discharge outlet
and cartridge
AGENT1 DISCH1 AGENT1 Second fire
DISCH2
Basic fire extinguisher
AGENT2 AGENT2 extinguisher bottle 630 cu in
bottle 630 cu in

Extinguisher pipe
A318

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.112 Page 335 [ 26-17]


26 Fire protection A320 Family
Table 26-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A318-100 20.0/20.0/-20.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
180 min (A318) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

02 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A319-100 21.0/21.0/-21.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
180 min (A319) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

03 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A320-200 23.0/23.0/-23.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600017 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
180 min (A320) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

04 Cargo holds fire extinguishers A321-200 28.0/28.0/-28.0 Fire extinguisher PACIFIC SCIEN- 34600049-1 2 SFE
extended duration for ETOPS container, cargo TIFIC
180 min (A321) hold
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle (800 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associ-
ated flow metering system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 26.23.112 Page 336 [ 26-18]


A320 Family Fuel 28

Reference Title
28.11.133 Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.140 Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo
hold
28.11.225 Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.235 Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
28.25.107 Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing
28.25.110 Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
28.25.130 Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 337 [ 28-1]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • new cockpit overhead fuel control panel
To make structural and system provision for one ACT to • installation of relay box in the avionics compartment
be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo hold. plus routings
• installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- • installation of ACT crash stoppers
200 • installation of ACT restraint/support components.
Space provision is made for an ACT.
Structural provision: Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
• reinforced rivets at membrane plates FR45-46 On A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the re-
• modified longitudinal beams FR45-46 location of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC be-
• modified keel beam brackets FR46.
tween frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approx-
200 imately 30%.
The modification consists in:
• provision for ACT cavity and water drains including EPAC selection mode
access doors through the fuselage skin and belly fair- Individual
ing
• air pressurisation pipes to the ACT location
• fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
• reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
• new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panel above the ACT
• new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
• installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.133 Page 338 [ 28-2]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-1 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold

FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
LEFT CTR RIGHT

HI LVL HI. LVL.


LEFT CTR RIGHT
ACT
REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL VALVE OPEN OPEN OPEN
OPEN NORM NORM NORM
NORM SHUT SHUT SHUT
SHUT MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
CTR + ACT REFUEL HI - LVL ON
FQI SELECT
CTR
CTR/ACT OFF
ACT

DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM


A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL
kg x 1000

DEC INC CKPT END

Main refuel panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.133 Page 339 [ 28-3]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for installation of A321-200 125.0/125.0/-125.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
one ACT in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A321)
Lead-time constraints 8 months

02 Full provision for installation of A320-200 100.0/100.0/-100.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
one ACT in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A320)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

03 Full provision for installation of A319-100 100.0/100.0/-100.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
one ACT in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A319)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.133 Page 340 [ 28-4]


A320 Family Fuel 28

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.133 Page 341 [ 28-5]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs)
in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200 • installation of a relay box in the avionics compart-
To provide structural and system provisions for two ment plus routings
ACTs to be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo • installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
hold. (FLSCU)
• installation of ACT crash stoppers
• installation of ACT restraint/support components.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-
200 Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
Space provision is made for the installation of two • depending on operator range requirements either
ACTs. one or two ACTs can be installed for flexibility
• on A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321- relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC
200 between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequent-
The modification consists in: ly OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by ap-
• additional horizontal beam and support struts proximately 30%.
• belly fairing / fuselage skin drain hole access doors
• air pressurization pipes to the ACT locations EPAC selection mode
• provision for ACT cavity and water drains Individual
• fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
• reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
• new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panels above the ACT locations
• new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
• installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
• new cockpit overhead fuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.140 Page 342 [ 28-6]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-2 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000 A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel
LEFT CTR RIGHT

HI LVL HI. LVL.


LEFT CTR RIGHT
ACT ACT
1 2 REFUEL VALVES
REFUEL VALVE OPEN OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN NORM NORM NORM
NORM NORM SHUT SHUT SHUT
SHUT SHUT MODE SELECT TEST BATT POWER
CTR + ACT REFUEL HI - LVL ON
FQI SELECT
CTR
CTR/ACT OFF
ACT1
ACT2
DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM
A321 Fuel system cockpit panel
PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL
kg x 1000

DEC INC CKPT END

Main refuel panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.140 Page 343 [ 28-7]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for installation of A319-100 120.0/120.0/-120.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A319)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

02 Full provision for installation of A321-200 150.0/150.0/-150.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A321)
Lead-time constraints 8 months

03 Full provision for installation of A320-200 120.0/120.0/-120.0 Trim tank transfer EATON AERO- 568-1-27170- 1 SFE
two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold pump SPACE 002
(A320)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.140 Page 344 [ 28-8]


A320 Family Fuel 28

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.140 Page 345 [ 28-9]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


To install a fully integrated ACT in order to increase the
fuel tank capacity and to extend the range of the aircraft.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
Space provision is made for ACT.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
To install one ACT with 2992 l capacity at the forward
end of the aft cargo hold.

Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


• requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.133 - Full pro-
vision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold or
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/
one ACTs in aft cargo hold
• requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
• depending on operator range requirements, the ACT
can be removed/re-installed (by configuration Ser-
vice Bulletin).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 346 [ 28-10]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-3 - Typical installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (full bulk)

A319 A320
AC
T1
AC
T1

A321
Remark:
AC
T1 Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 347 [ 28-11]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of one ACT in aft A319-100 100.0/512.0/-512.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A319)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
Incompatible with CN25.52.404 - Installa-
tion of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with
full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

02 Installation of one ACT in aft A320-200 100.0/512.0/-512.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A320)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 348 [ 28-12]


A320 Family Fuel 28
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of one ACT in aft A321-200 100.0/512.0/-512.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A321)
Incompatible with CN25.52.205 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

12 Installation of one ACT in aft A320-200 100.0/512.0/-512.0


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for one ACT (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 349 [ 28-13]


28 Fuel A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

13 Installation of one ACT in aft A321-200 125.0/537.0/-537.0


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for one ACT (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

22 Installation of one ACT in aft A320-200 120.0/532.0/-532.0


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

23 Installation of one ACT in aft A321-200 150.0/562.0/-562.0


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for two ACTs (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 350 [ 28-14]


A320 Family Fuel 28

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.225 Page 351 [ 28-15]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold

Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


To install two fully integrated ACTs in order to extend
the range of the aircraft.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
Space provision for two ACTs.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-


200
To install two ACTs with 5984 l total capacity at the for-
ward end of the aft cargo hold.

Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


• requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.140 - Full pro-
vision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold
• requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
• depending on operator range requirements, the
ACTs can be removed/re-installed (by configuration
Service Bulletin).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.235 Page 352 [ 28-16]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-4 - Typical installation of two ACTs in aft cargo hold (full bulk)

A319 A320
AC AC
T2 AC T2
AC T1
T1

Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
A321 hold is specified in Weight &
AC Balance Manual
AC T2
T1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.235 Page 353 [ 28-17]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of two ACTs in aft A319-100 120.0/893.0/-893.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A319)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
Requires prior acceptance of
CN03.20.4XX/02 - A319-1XX increased
design weights - MTOW to 75.5 t, MLW to
62.5 t, MZFW to 58.5 t (wv 002).
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

02 Installation of two ACTs in aft A320-200 120.0/893.0/-893.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A320)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.235 Page 354 [ 28-18]


A320 Family Fuel 28
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of two ACTs in aft A321-200 150.0/923.0/-923.0


cargo hold - with full bulk con-
figuration (A321)
Incompatible with CN25.52.205 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-auto-
matic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in for-
ward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Load-
ing System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

22 Installation of two ACTs in aft A320-200 120.0/893.0/-893.0


cargo hold - with CLS (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/04 - Installation of semi-
automatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/04 -
Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

23 Installation of two ACTs in aft A321-200 150.0/923.0/-923.0


cargo hold - with CLS (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/05 - Installation of semi-
automatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/05 -
Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protec-
tion.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.11.235 Page 355 [ 28-19]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing

Objective EPAC selection mode


To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing. Individual

Basic aircraft
A refuel/defuel coupling is provided in the RH wing of
the aircraft.
Space and structural provisions are made for a coupling
in the LH wing.

Description
The modification consists in installing an additional
2.5 inch refuel/defuel coupling under the LH wing (out-
board of the engine pylon).

Refueling from this coupling will allow same refueling


rates as from the RH wing coupling.

This option permits aircraft fuel tanks to be filled from ei-


ther the RH or LH side.

Defueling from both the LH wing and RH wing is possi-


ble.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.107 Page 356 [ 28-20]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-5 - Refuel/defuel coupling

Wing leading edge

Coupling

Refuel/defuel Refuel/defuel
coupling Refuel/defuel coupling
(basic) control panel (optional)
(basic)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.107 Page 357 [ 28-21]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of additional refuel/ A318-100 7.5/7.5/-7.5


defuel coupling in LH wing A319-100 7.5/7.5/-7.5
A320-200 7.5/7.5/-7.5
A321-200 7.5/7.5/-7.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.107 Page 358 [ 28-22]


A320 Family Fuel 28

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.107 Page 359 [ 28-23]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit

Objective • select required fuel quantity


To enable fuel quantity preselection and automatic refu- • select refuel CTL valve push button ON
eling to be controlled from the cockpit. • green ready to refuel light(s) comes on automatically
when the aircraft is ready
• refueling is performed automatically
Basic aircraft • at the end of refueling, the ready to refuel light extin-
The fuel quantity and refueling selections are made guishes automatically, and the preselection module
from the external refuel/defuel control panel located on END light indicates that refuel is finished
the side of the fuselage, beneath the RH wing. • deselect power.

Description EPAC selection mode


A fuel quantity preselector is installed in the cockpit Individual
(overhead maintenance panel) to enable quantity selec-
tion and automatic refueling. Preselection and control
from the cockpit will have priority over the external refu-
el/defuel control panel. Operational indication is provid-
ed in the cockpit, at the external refuel/defuel control
panel and on the wings (adjacent to the couplings).

Note
The sequence of operations is as follows:
• select power ON:
• a CKPT light comes on automatically in the cockpit
and on the external panel to indicate that the cockpit
has priority
• high level check is performed

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.110 Page 360 [ 28-24]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-6 - Refuel/defuel panels

Preselected PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL


display Actual quantity display
Kg/1000
Preselector INC. CKPT END End light
DEC.
rocker sw
PWR REFUEL CTL
FAULT VALVE CKPT light
Elec PWR pb ON ON
CTL valve pb

Cockpit fuel quantity preselector

Refuel/defuel
(TDU 01) coupling (basic)

Green light

(TDU 02)

Refuel/defuel
coupling (optional)
Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic) Green light

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.110 Page 361 [ 28-25]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A318-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5


selector in cockpit - with RH A319-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5
A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
refuel coupling & without ACT A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
prov.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

02 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A318-100 4.3/4.3/-4.3


selector in cockpit - with LH A319-100 4.3/4.3/-4.3
A320-200 4.3/4.3/-4.3
refuel coupling & without ACT A321-200 4.6/4.6/-4.6
prov.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

03 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A321-200 4.6/4.6/-4.6


selector in cockpit - with LH
refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.

04 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5


selector in cockpit - with RH A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.
For A320, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.110 Page 362 [ 28-26]


A320 Family Fuel 28
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A319-100 3.5/3.5/-3.5


selector in cockpit - with RH A320-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
A321-200 3.5/3.5/-3.5
refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installa-
tion of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

06 Installation of fuel quantity pre- A319-100 4.6/4.6/-4.6


selector in cockpit - with LH A321-200 4.6/4.6/-4.6
refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installa-
tion of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.110 Page 363 [ 28-27]


28 Fuel A320 Family
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel

Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.

Basic aircraft
The refuel/defuel control panel is located on the fuse-
lage side beneath the RH wing.
Space provision is provided for the refuel/defuel control
panel in the LH and RH wings.

Description
Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to either the
RH or LH wing.

Note
• relocation to the LH wing requires also installation of
LH wing refuel/defuel coupling
• when ACT are provisioned but not installed the in-
stallation of a refuel panel cover is required.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.130 Page 364 [ 28-28]


A320 Family Fuel 28
Figure 28-7 - Refueling panel locations

Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)
Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)

Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)

)
FUEL QTY 01 Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel to RH wing
kg x 1000 U
Indicator LEFT CTR RIGHT (TD

HI. LVL. Refuel/defuel


LEFT CTR RIGHT Refuel/Defuel control panel
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN
coupling (optional) (optional)
OPEN

Refuel/defuel
NORM NORM NORM
(TDU 0
control panel
SHUT
MODE SELECT TEST
SHUT SHUT
2)
BATT POWER
REFUEL HI - LVL ON

OFF

DEFUEL XFR OPEN LTS NORM

PRESELECTED REFUEL ACTUAL


kg x 1000
Preselector
DEC INC CKPT END Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to LH wing

Refuel/defuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.130 Page 365 [ 28-29]


28 Fuel A320 Family
Table 28-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Relocation of refuel/defuel A318-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5


control panel to RH wing - A319-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5
A320-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
without ACT provision A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.110 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

02 Relocation of refuel/defuel A318-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5


control panel to LH wing - with- A319-100 2.5/2.5/-2.5
A320-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
out ACT provision A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.110 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

04 Relocation of refuel/defuel A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5


control panel to RH wing - with
provision for two ACTs
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for instal-
lation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).

05 Relocation of refuel/defuel A321-200 2.5/2.5/-2.5


control panel to LH wing - with
provision for one ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of addi-
tional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for instal-
lation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 28.25.130 Page 366 [ 28-30]


A320 Family Hydraulic power 29

Reference Title
29.10.110 Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
29.21.104 Electropumps alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 367 [ 29-1]


29 Hydraulic power A320 Family
29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for hydraulic EDPs.

Basic aircraft
Two hydraulic pumps are installed.

Description
The basic pumps are replaced with alternate equipment
which is fully interchangeable, except that the backshell
clocking of the harness connector is re-orientated (de-
pending on the pump and aircraft type).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.10.110 Page 368 [ 29-2]


A320 Family Hydraulic power 29
Figure 29-1 - Hydraulic system
Yellow Electrical HYD
Reservoir LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES

EDP pump BLUE PUMP


OVRD B G Y

Pressure ON OFF OFF OFF


switch
Hand
Pump
PTU
Accu
Valve
Pressure
sensor Pressure
switch
EDP To flight
controls and
other consumers

HYD
GREEN BLUE YELLOW

3000 PSI 3000 PSI 3000

PTU

RAT ELEC
ELEC
GREEN BLUE YELLOW 40 VU
1 2 PTU

LO AIR RAT MAN ON


FAULT A
PRESS
U
EDP H
Y
ENG 1 PUMP ELEC PUMP
OFF
T
O ENG 2 PUMP
ELEC PUMP
H
Y
OVHT FAULT
D FAULT FAULT A FAULT
OFF
D
U
TAT +19 ¡C
SAT +18 ¡C GMT 23:56 G.W. 603 T Fire shut-off OFF OFF
T
O
OFF

valve

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.10.110 Page 369 [ 29-3]


29 Hydraulic power A320 Family
Table 29-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Hydraulic EDPs basic equip- A318-100 Engine driven PARKER 4205401 2 SFE
ment - PARKER A319-100
A320-200 pump
A321-200

12 Hydraulic EDPs alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Engine driven EATON AERO- 3031863-001 2 SFE
equipment - EATON AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. pump SPACE
SPACE, PN 3031863-001 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.10.110 Page 370 [ 29-4]


A320 Family Hydraulic power 29

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.10.110 Page 371 [ 29-5]


29 Hydraulic power A320 Family
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternative equipment for the electropumps.

Basic aircraft
Two electropumps are installed.

Description
Basic electropumps are replaced by alternate equip-
ment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.21.104 Page 372 [ 29-6]


A320 Family Hydraulic power 29
Figure 29-2 - Electropumps
GREEN BLUE YELLOW 40 VU

PTU

RAT MAN ON A
FAULT
U
ELEC PUMP
H OFF
T H
ENG 1 PUMP ELEC PUMP O ENG 2 PUMP
Y FAULT
Y
D FAULT FAULT A FAULT
OFF
D
U
T
OFF OFF OFF
O

HYD
BLUE PUMP LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES

Hydraulics bay OVRD B G Y

HYD
GREEN BLUE YELLOW

3000 PSI 3000 PSI 3000 ON OFF OFF OFF

PTU

RAT
ELEC

1 2

LO AIR
PRESS

OVHT

TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C GMT 23:56 G.W. 603 T

Electropumps

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.21.104 Page 373 [ 29-7]


29 Hydraulic power A320 Family
Table 29-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Electropumps basic equipment A318-100 Electric Motor PARKER 51154-04 2 SFE
- PARKER A319-100
A320-200 Pump (EMP)
A321-200

07 Electropumps alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Electric Motor EATON AERO- 974540 2 SFE
ment - EATON AEROSPACE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pump (EMP) SPACE
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 29.21.104 Page 374 [ 29-8]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30

Reference Title
30.41.102 Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
30.70.108 Extended freezing protection
30.81.105 Installation of dual advisory ice detection system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 375 [ 30-1]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers

Objective
To permit intermittent operation of the windshield wip-
ers.

Basic aircraft
Two windshield wipers with two speeds selectable from
the overhead panel:
• slow 95 sweeps per minute
• fast 140 sweeps per minute.

Description
The modification consists in adding an intermittent
sweeping function (approximately one sweep each sev-
en second).
This entails the following:
• on the overhead panel, the windshield wiper control
switches are replaced by switches incorporating an
intermittent sweeping position
• the two motor-converters are replaced by new inter-
changeable units
• additional wiring is installed between overhead panel
and wiper motors.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.41.102 Page 376 [ 30-2]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30
Figure 30-1 - Windshield wipers

WIPER WIPER
OFF OFF
INTMT INTMT

SLOW SLOW

FAST FAST

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.41.102 Page 377 [ 30-3]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
Table 30-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of intermittent A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5 Timer ECE 4307807 2 SFE


function of windshield wipers A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5
Windshield wiper ECE 4307792 1 SFE
motor left
Windshield wiper ECE 4307785 1 SFE
motor right

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.41.102 Page 378 [ 30-4]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.41.102 Page 379 [ 30-5]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection

Objective Note
To provide suitable protection against freezing of the The protection of galley water lines is part of galley man-
water/waste system for : ufacturer.
• extended duration flights (long term and cold)
• extended ground operations EPAC selection mode
• flights with low water consumption. Individual

Basic aircraft
The water/waste system is protected against freezing
under standard operation conditions.

Description
The potable water tank is insulated and the water pipes
in the under floor compartment are electrically heated
and insulated.
The waste tank drain line is electrically heated and insu-
lated.
The water/waste freezing protection is extended to op-
erate:
• under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption
or
• during turnaround and after prolonged parking and
• under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.70.108 Page 380 [ 30-6]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30
Table 30-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Water/waste freezing protec- A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0


tion for extended flight condi- A319-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0
A320-200 31.0/31.0/-31.0
tions A321-200 34.0/34.0/-34.0
Lead-time constraints 8 months

03 Water/waste freezing protec- A318-100 29.0/29.0/-29.0


tion for turnaround, prolonged A319-100 31.0/31.0/-31.0
A320-200 33.0/33.0/-33.0
parking and extended flight A321-200 36.0/36.0/-36.0
conditions
Lead-time constraints 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.70.108 Page 381 [ 30-7]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system

Objective When icing conditions are detected two levels of warn-


To provide the flight crew with an additional means of ings and their respective recommended actions are pro-
identifying icing conditions. vided to the crew in the lower part of the ECAM Engine/
Warning display:
Basic aircraft • "ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies
Indication of airframe icing can be seen by the accumu- "eng anti ice ON" action (cyan)
lation of ice on the visual ice indicator, a black rod locat- • "SEVERE ICE DETECTED" caution message (am-
ed between the two cockpit windshields or on the ber) implies "wing anti-ice ON" action (cyan).
windshield wipers. As soon as the corresponding push buttons are pressed
"ON", the engine anti-ice and/or wing anti-ice memos
Description are displayed in green on the "MEMO" page.
The dual advisory detection system is added to the ba- • when icing conditions are no longer detected and
sic aircraft system (above) to facilitate the objective wing anti-icing is activated, the message "ICE NOT
DET" is displayed to remind the crew that the anti-ice
(above). systems can be selected "OFF", hence saving fuel.
It provides two (dual) messages:
• ICE DETECTED (amber caution message) Note
• SEVERE ICE DETECTED (amber caution mes- The dual advisory ice detection system is operative in
sage). flight only.
The dual advisory ice detection principle works on a fre-
The modification consists of :
quency variation due to ice accumulation on the two
• modification of structure (drilling two holes and rein-
sensing elements located on the fuselage nose. forcements) and installation of two ice detection sen-
sors in the lower fuselage nose section
• installation of additional circuit breakers and associ-
ated wiring

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.81.105 Page 382 [ 30-8]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system (Continued)

• activation of FWCs and CFDIU pin programs (no pin


program for this function on the SDACs).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.81.105 Page 383 [ 30-9]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family
Figure 30-2 - Ice detection system

SDAC 2
1

Ice-det sensors

E/W
ECAM
ICE-DET 2 FWC 2
1 1

MCDU

BRT

DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA


OFF

F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU


NAV PRED F-PLN COMM
BRT MENU

DIR PROG AIR


PERF INIT DATA
PORT OFF

CFDIU
RAD FUEL SEC A BMCDUC
ATC D E
F-PLN NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU

AIR
F
A F G H I J M
C
PORT I D
L U
A B CKD L EM N O M
1 2 3 E
N
F
A
F
M F G HP I QJ R M
CS T U
I
L 4 5 6 D
U
K L M U N V OW MX Y
F
1 2 37 8 9 E
N
M P Q
+ R Z S / T SP U
OVFY
4 5 6 0 - CLR

7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.81.105 Page 384 [ 30-10]


A320 Family Ice and rain protection 30
Table 30-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of dual advisory ice A318-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5 Ice detection sen- ROSEMOUNT 0871DP4 2 SFE
detection system A319-100 1.5/1.5/-1.5
A320-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5 sor INC
A321-200 1.5/1.5/-1.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.81.105 Page 385 [ 30-11]


30 Ice and rain protection A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 30.81.105 Page 386 [ 30-12]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31

Reference Title
31.00.107 US units for indicators and labels
31.14.103 Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
31.33.051 Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
31.33.132 Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
31.33.200 Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
31.33.210 Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
31.36.161 Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
31.60.114 Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
31.60.120 Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
31.65.100 Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 387 [ 31-1]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels

Objective
To provide US units of measurement for airline opera-
tional commonality.

Basic aircraft
• temperature is in degrees Celsius (deg C)
• length is in meters (m)
• the weight and fuel quantity are in kilograms (kg)
• the fuel flow is in kilograms per hour (kg/h)
• the hydraulic fluid is in litres (l)
• altitudes are in feet (ft).

Description
The modification consists in replacing metric units with
US units on indicators and labels of the aircraft:
• cabin and duct temperature are in degrees Fahren-
heit (deg F), all other temperature indications remain
in DEG C
• lengths (runway) are in feet (ft)
• fuel weight is in pounds and fuel flow is in pounds per
hour (lb/h)
• hydraulic fluid quantity indicator is replaced by one
with a US gallon scale.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.00.107 Page 388 [ 31-2]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-1 - Units of measurements

Unit of Basic Optional Repercussions


measurement unit unit

1 - Temperature C F Duct and cabin temperature on ECAM and


(environmental) FAP

2 - Length metres feet Display on MCDU


(Runway)

3 - Weights kg lbs Display of weight on ECAM and in FCOM*


Aircraft weight kg lbs Overhead panel, refuel/defuel panel and
fuel indication kg/hr lbs/hr MCDU
and fuel flow *and all operations related documentation

4 - Volume l US gallon Quantity indicator of green system ground


Hydraulic fluid service panel (LH rear belly fairing)
quantity

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.00.107 Page 389 [ 31-3]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Basic metric units for indica- A318-100


tors and labels A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14 US units for indicators and A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


labels A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.00.107 Page 390 [ 31-4]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.00.107 Page 391 [ 31-5]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation

Objective
To provide operational commonality in terms of over-
head panel switches orientation with the exception of
the ANN LT switch, for which only the BRT and DIM po-
sitions are inverted (test position is not changed).

Basic aircraft
OFF position for the overhead panel toggle switches is
downwards.

Description
All toggle switches on the overhead panel are inverted
with the exception of the ANN LT switch, for which only
the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is
not changed).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.14.103 Page 392 [ 31-6]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-2 - Overhead panel (25 VU) toggle switches re-orientation

Pre-mod
25VU
ANTI - ICE PROBE/WINDOW CABIN PRESS
DITCHING
HEAT LDG ELEV
WING ENG 1 ENG 2 MAN Y/S CTL MODE SEL AUTO
-2
UP 14
A A A A 0
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
U U U U
T T T T 12 2
ON ON ON ON MAN ON
O O O O
DN 10 4
8 6

EXT LT APU OVHD INTEG LT INT LT


STROBE BEACON WING NAV STBY COMPAS DOME ANN LT
ON ON ON 2 MASTER SW
BRT TEST
A
FAULT DIM BRT
U 1
T
ON OFF DIM
O
OFF BRT OFF
OFF OFF OFF OFF
SIGNS
RWY TURN OFF SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING
LAND START EMER EXIT LT
ON L R NOSE ON ON
T.O. ON
ON A
AVAIL U
OFF TAXI T ARM
ON OFF
O
RETRACT OFF
OFF
OFF OFF OFF

ON

Post-mod OFF

25VU
ANTI - ICE PROBE/WINDOW CABIN PRESS
DITCHING
HEAT LDG ELEV
WING ENG 1 ENG 2 MAN Y/S CTL MODE SEL AUTO
-2
UP 14
A A A A 0
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT
U U U U
T T T T 12 2
ON ON ON ON MAN ON
O O O O
DN 10 4
8 6

EXT LT APU OVHD INTEG LT INT LT


STROBE BEACON WING NAV STBY COMPASS DOME ANN LT
OFF OFF OFF OFF MASTER SW
OFF TEST
A
FAULT DIM DIM
U 1
T
ON BRT BRT
O
OFF BRT ON
ON ON ON 2
SIGNS
RWY TURN OFF SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING
LAND START EMER EXIT LT
OFF L R NOSE OFF OFF
OFF OFF
RETRACT A
AVAIL U
OFF TAXI T ARM
ON OFF
O
ON T.O.
ON
ON ON ON

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.14.103 Page 393 [ 31-7]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Overhead panel toggle A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


switches re-orientation A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.14.103 Page 394 [ 31-8]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.14.103 Page 395 [ 31-9]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment

Objective The flight data interface function enables:


To provide alternate vendor for the Flight Data Interface • recording of mandatory parameters required by the
and Management Unit (FDIMU). Airworthiness Authorities on a Solid State Flight Data
Recorder (SSFDR) or on an optional external Quick
Basic aircraft Access Recorder (QAR).
To record mandatory parameters complying with the
applicable Airworthiness Requirements and to record Note
• all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue have 88 param-
engines, APU and other systems' parameters for perfor- eters capability, to comply with FAR 121.344
mance and health analysis, a FDIMU with integrated • all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue are subject to
PCMCIA interface is installed. successful certification
• because various PCMCIA cards are available on the
open market, the PCMCIA card is not part of the de-
Description livered FDIMU
The FDIMU with integrated PCMCIA is installed to pro-
• it is recommended to use PCMCIA with static flash
vide the following functions: memory technology
• data management function • the PCMCIA disk can be used as a storage device
• flight data interface function. for:
- reports, SAR data files, DAR & QAR data
The data management function enables: - system software and customized database upload.
• recording the AIDS data on an optional external Dig-
ital AIDS Recorder (DAR) EPAC selection mode
• on request, recording / down loading of pre-pro- Individual
grammed compressed data files (SAR data files) and
reports
• uploading of operational software and customer da-
tabase.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 396 [ 31-10]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-3 - FDIMU
MCDU

Airworthiness requirement inputs Engine & aircraft data sources DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA
OFF
BRT

F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU


NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
BRT
AIR
DIR PROG PORT
PERF INIT DATA
A BOFF C D E
F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU
NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
F
A F G H I J M
C
AIR I D
PORT L U
A B C KD L E M N O M

F
1 2 3 E
N
F M
F G H P I QJ R M S T U
A
I 4 5 6 C
D
L U

7 K8 L9 M U N V O W M
X Y
F
1 2 3 E
N
OVFY
M P0 Q+ - R Z S / T SP U CLR
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR

FDIMU
FDIMU CFDIU
(BITE)
(Flight Data
Interface and
Management FDRS AIDS
Unit)
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) Data Management Unit (DMU)

Airborne
data loader
PCMCIA
AMU card
MDDU

SSCVR SSFDR QAR DAR Printer ATSU


(ACARS)

Print pushbutton

FLOOD LT AIDS FDR 112VU


MED PRINT
EVENT

OFF BRT

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 397 [ 31-11]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D08SAPW01 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (PW01) for Unit (DMU) S/W C00000
P&W - TELEDYNE
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-001- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 8803
W
Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D09SACF05C 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (CF05) for A319-100
A320-200 Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
CFMI - TELEDYNE A321-200
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-001- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 8803
W
Std FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Data Management TELEDYNE D10SAIA05C 1 SFE
8803), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE - A320-200
A321-200 Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
TELEDYNE
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-001- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 8803
W

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 398 [ 31-12]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

14 FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management TELEDYNE D09SACF05C 1 SFE
0001), DMU S/W (CF05) for A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
CFMI - TELEDYNE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-002- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 0001
W
15 FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management TELEDYNE D10SAIA05C 1 SFE
0001), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 00000
TELEDYNE
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03) Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE 2234320-01- 1 SFE
face and Manage- 01
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- TELEDYNE F320-002- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 0001
W
63 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04022- 1 SFE
040), DMU S/W (-030) for CFMI - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 030
SAGEM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Data Management SAGEM 360-04025- 1 SFE
Unit (DMU) setup 030
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 040
W

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 399 [ 31-13]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

64 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04020- 1 SFE
040), DMU S/W (-030) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 030
SAGEM
Data Management SAGEM 360-04023- 1 SFE
Unit (DMU) setup 030
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 040
W
65 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04109- 1 SFE
040), DMU S/W (-030) for P&W - Unit (DMU) S/W 030
SAGEM
Data Management SAGEM 360-04110- 1 SFE
Unit (DMU) setup 030
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 040
W

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 400 [ 31-14]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

68 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04022- 1 SFE
210), DMU S/W (-035) for CFMI - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 035
SAGEM A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)
Data Management SAGEM 360-04025- 1 SFE
Unit (DMU) setup 035
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 210
W
70 FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Data Management SAGEM 360-04020- 1 SFE
210), DMU S/W (-045) for IAE - A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Unit (DMU) S/W 045
SAGEM
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s Data Management SAGEM 360-04023- 1 SFE
capability (CN31.33.210/03)
Unit (DMU) setup 045
database
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM ED48A200 1 SFE
face and Manage-
ment Unit (FDIMU)
Flight Data Inter- SAGEM 360-04027- 1 SFE
face Unit (FDIU) S/ 210
W

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.051 Page 401 [ 31-15]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)

Objective
To provide a copy of the flight data recorder data.

Basic aircraft
Full provision for installation of an ARINC 591(function)
and ARINC 404 QAR 404 (case size) is made.

Description
A QAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 404 (case size) or ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed using
existing full provision in the avionics compartment.
It is connected to the FDRS auxiliary output, and
records all FDR parameters with the same word assign-
ments and sampling rate.

Note
If the QAR is ARINC 600 type, the basic provision is au-
tomatically adapted.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.132 Page 402 [ 31-16]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-4 - QAR installation

FLOOD LT AIDS FDR 112VU


MED PRINT
EVENT

OFF BRT

Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST SSCVR
A
U
ON
T
O

Control panel QAR


SSFDR CFDIU
AMU

FDRS

Linear
Accelerometer SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC CLOCK
SDAC FWC DMC FCDC BSCU

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.132 Page 403 [ 31-17]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

40 WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 256MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234480-0256 1 BFE
(2TV3)
WGL-DAR/QAR (8 TELEDYNE 2243800-81 1 BFE
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software
41 WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 512MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card 3 TELEDYNE 2234480-0512 1 BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8 TELEDYNE 2243800-81 1 BFE


GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.132 Page 404 [ 31-18]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

42 WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 256MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234480-0256 1 BFE
(2TV3)
WGL-DAR/QAR (4 TELEDYNE 2243800-73 1 BFE
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software
43 WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 512MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card 3 TELEDYNE 2234480-0512 1 BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4 TELEDYNE 2243800-73 1 BFE


GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.132 Page 405 [ 31-19]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment

Objective Description
To replace the basic SSFDR by an alternate one com- The basic SSFDR equipment is replaced by alternate
plying with airworthiness requirements. equipment.
The SSFDR has the capability to store the last 25 hours
of the required mandatory parameters in flight and on Note
ground in a box able to endure severe environment con- All equipment are electrically and mechanically inter-
ditions. changeable.

Basic aircraft EPAC selection mode


One SSFDR is installed in the unpressurized section at Individual
the rear part of the aircraft.
The SSFDR automatically starts recording:
• on ground during the first five minutes following ener-
gization of the aircraft electrical network
• on ground with one engine running
• in flight with engines running or stopped.

The SSFDR automatically stops recording five minutes


after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSFDR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton.
An EVENT pushbutton is installed to record an event
mark on the SSFDR when a specific event occurred
during the flight.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.200 Page 406 [ 31-20]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-5 - FDR system

FLOOD LT AIDS FDR 112VU


MED PRINT
EVENT

OFF BRT

Event pushbutton
21VU
RCDR
GND CTL CVR ERASE CVR TEST SSCVR
A
U
ON
T
O

Control panel
SSFDR QAR CFDIU
AMU

FDRS

Linear
Accelerometer SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC SDAC CLOCK
SDAC FWC DMC FCDC BSCU

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.200 Page 407 [ 31-21]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std SSFDR basic equipment (1024 A318-100 Flight Data L3 COMMUNICA- 2100-4045-00 1 SFE
w/s capable) - L3 COMMUNI- A319-100
A320-200 Recorder (FDR) TIONS
CATIONS, PN 2100-4045-00 A321-200

14 SSFDR alternate equipment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Data HONEYWELL 980-4700-042 1 SFE
(256 w/s capable) - HONEY- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (FDR) INC. REDMOND,
WELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

22 SSFDR alternate equipment A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Flight Data HONEYWELL 980-4750-001 1 SFE
(1024 w/s capable) - HONEY- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Recorder (FDR) INC. REDMOND,
WELL A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.200 Page 408 [ 31-22]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.200 Page 409 [ 31-23]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities

Objective If a QAR is requested, only CN31.33.132/18, /19, /40, /


To comply with the new FAA regulations asking for an 41, /42, /43, or /45 apply.
increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls pa-
rameter recording. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Basic aircraft
The Flight Data Recording system recording speed is
256 words/second.

Description
In order to comply with the new FAA regulations asking
for an increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls
parameter recording, the modification consists in the in-
stallation of the necessary changes to increase
the Flight Data Recording system recording speed from
256 words/second to 1024 words/second.

Note
This modification requires the following minimum con-
figuration:
• FDIMU capable of 1024 w/s
• SSFDR capable of 1024 w/s
• FCDC standard 58

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.210 Page 410 [ 31-24]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Table 31-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Digital Flight Data Recorder A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


System (DFDRS) 1024 w/s acti- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
vation A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.33.210 Page 411 [ 31-25]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)

Objective
To record the parameters sent by the DMU (raw data
type).

Basic aircraft
Space provision for a DAR is provided in the avionics
compartment.

Description
A DAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (func-
tion) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed in the avi-
onics compartment.
The DAR is controlled by the DMU as programmed ei-
ther from the MCDU or using a ground PC station.

Note
In case of DAR installation, the basic provision is auto-
matically adapted/installed.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.36.161 Page 412 [ 31-26]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-6 - DAR installation

MCDU

Airworthiness requirement inputs Engine & aircraft data sources DIR PROG PERF INIT DATA
OFF
BRT

F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU


NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
BRT
AIR
DIR PROG PORT
PERF INIT DATA
A BOFF C D E
F-PLN RAD FUEL SEC ATC MCDU
NAV PRED F-PLN COMM MENU
F
A F G H I J M
C
AIR I D
PORT L U
A B C KD L E M N O M

F
1 2 3 E
N
F M
F G H P I QJ R M S T U
A
I 4 5 6 C
D
L U

7 K8 L9 M U N V O W M
X Y
F
1 2 3 E
N
OVFY
M P0 Q+ - R Z S / T SP U CLR
4 5 6
7 8 9 U V W X Y
+ OVFY
0 - Z / SP CLR

CFDIU
(BITE)

FDRS AIDS
Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) Data Management Unit (DMU)

Airborne
data loader
PCMCIA
AMU card
MDDU

SSCVR SSFDR QAR DAR Printer ATSU


(ACARS)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.36.161 Page 413 [ 31-27]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

40 WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 256MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234480-0256 1 BFE
(2TV3)
WGL-DAR/QAR (8 TELEDYNE 2243800-81 1 BFE
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software
41 WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 512MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card 3 TELEDYNE 2234480-0512 1 BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8 TELEDYNE 2243800-81 1 BFE


GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.36.161 Page 414 [ 31-28]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

42 WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234479-0256 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 256MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4 (2TV1)
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card TELEDYNE 2234480-0256 1 BFE
(2TV3)
WGL-DAR/QAR (4 TELEDYNE 2243800-73 1 BFE
GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software
43 WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS mod- A318-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4 PCMCIA card 1 TELEDYNE 2234479-0512 1 BFE
ule) equipped with 512MB A319-100 4.4/4.4/-4.4
A320-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
PCMCIA memory cards - TELE- A321-200 4.4/4.4/-4.4
DYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600) PCMCIA card 3 TELEDYNE 2234480-0512 1 BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4 TELEDYNE 2243800-73 1 BFE


GSM/GPRS mod-
ules)
WGL-DAR/QAR TELEDYNE 2234505-13 1 BFE
software

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.36.161 Page 415 [ 31-29]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)

Objective
To provide both, current and selected altitude indication
on the PFD in meter upon crew selection (in addition to
the basic altitude scale in ft).

Basic aircraft
Current and selected altitude information in feet on the
PFD altitude scale.
Selected altitude in meters is displayed on the lower
part of the ECAM system display upon crew selection.

Description
Both current and selected altitudes in meters are dis-
played upon crew selection on the PFD complementary
to the basic altitude scale in feet.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.114 Page 416 [ 31-30]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Figure 31-7 - Current and selected altitude information on PFD

Selected altitude Selected altitude


in meters in feet

10360 M 34000

SPD HDG LAT ALT LVL/CH V/S


HDG V/S 20 20
025
HDG V/S 100 1000 UP
TRK FPA PUSH 10 10
TO 60
SPD
MACH
AP 1 AP 2
METRIC
ALT
LEVEL
OFF
21 40
20
00
DN

5
LOC A/THR EXPED APPR
10 10 020

Metric altitude
pushbutton switch STD
06490 M

Actual altitude
in meters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.114 Page 417 [ 31-31]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
Table 31-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Indication of metric altitude on A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


PFD A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.114 Page 418 [ 31-32]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.114 Page 419 [ 31-33]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)

Objective
To install 6 cockpit LCD display units with video capabil-
ity in place of the basic cockpit LCD display units.

Basic aircraft
Six LCD Display Units are installed (without video capa-
bility).

Description
In order to be compatible with the display of real-time
video images coming from video sources, the option
consists in replacing in the main instrument panel the 6
basic LCD Displays Units (DU) by 6 LCD Displays Units
with video capability.
A new electronic board is added in the Display Units to
achieve the video function.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.120 Page 420 [ 31-34]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Table 31-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Installation of LCD EIS2 - THA- A318-100


LES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

10 Installation of cockpit display A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


units with video capability A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.60.120 Page 421 [ 31-35]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display
(ND)
Objective
To provide Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on the
NDs.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The highest Minimum Off Route Altitude within 80 NM
around the actual aircraft position is displayed in hun-
dreds of feet on the NDs (in ROSE-NAV and ARC
mode) when constraint option (CSTR) is selected on
EFIS control panel and selected range is greater than
40 NM.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.65.100 Page 422 [ 31-36]


A320 Family Indicating/recording systems 31
Table 31-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Activation of MORA on ND A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.65.100 Page 423 [ 31-37]


31 Indicating/recording systems A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 31.65.100 Page 424 [ 31-38]


A320 Family Landing gear 32

Reference Title
32.40.113 Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
32.41.111 Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
32.41.120 Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
32.48.200 Installation of universal brake cooling fans
32.49.109 Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 425 [ 32-1]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment

Objective • on A321, ABS basic wheels and brakes up to MTOW


To offer MLG wheels and brakes from an alternate sup- 89.0 t. Certified up to MTOW 93.0 t with fatigue life
plier. limited to 35000 miles (7000 cycles).

Basic aircraft EPAC selection mode


The basic MLG wheels and carbon brakes vendor is Individual
MESSIER for the A318/A319/A320 and ABS for the
A321.

Description
Wheels and carbon brakes are replaced by alternate
equipment.
Each assembly consists of:
• four wheels, each including an inflating valve and
provision for receiving an over-pressure valve and
electrical pressure transducer for an optional TPIS
• four wheel hubcaps
• four brakes, each including a temperature sensor
with thermocouple, two self-sealing couplings and a
kit for the brake attachment to the MLG axle
• four axle sleeves.

Note
• BSCU pin programming modification and further pro-
gramming through the MCDU are made according to
the wheels and brakes selected

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.40.113 Page 426 [ 32-2]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
Figure 32-1 - Wheels and brakes

Pressure relief
valve

TPIS port

Carbon heat
Bleed valve pack 4 rotors

Inflating valve
Drive Keys
NLG wheel

Inflating valve

Vent ports Piston housing

Temperature sensor

Piston with
automatic adjuster Wear pin indicator
MLG wheel MLG brake

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.40.113 Page 427 [ 32-3]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
Table 32-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Wheels and brakes - ABS A321-200 Brake unit ABS 5011586-4 4 SFE

Wheel, main gear ABS 5011529-3 4 SFE

Std Wheels and brakes basic A318-100 Brake unit MESSIER C20225510 4 SFE
equipment (SEPCARB III PLUS A319-100
A320-200
OR with new OPS ANOXY66) -
MESSIER Wheel, main MESSIER C20195162 4 SFE

07 Wheels and brakes - ABS A320-200 280.0/280.0/-280.0 Brake unit ABS 5011586-4 4 SFE

Wheel, main gear ABS 5011529-3 4 SFE

25 Wheels and brakes alternate A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0 Brake unit GOODRICH 2-1684 4 SFE
equipment (DURACARB) - A319-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0
A320-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
GOODRICH
Wheel, main gear GOODRICH 3-1530 4 SFE

30 Wheels and brakes alternate A321-200 38.0/38.0/-38.0 Brake unit MESSIER-BF C20534000-1 4 SFE
equipment - MESSIER/BF GOODRICH
GOODRICH
Wheel, main MESSIER-BF C20500100 4 SFE
GOODRICH

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.40.113 Page 428 [ 32-4]


A320 Family Landing gear 32

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.40.113 Page 429 [ 32-5]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment

Objective
To provide a choice of MLG tire suppliers to the custom-
er as well as alternate size.

Basic aircraft
The basic MLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.

Description
The modification consists of:
• installation of tires on the MLG wheels
• installation of the corresponding inflation pressure la-
bels
• adaptation of the height of the door guide (podger) to
accommodate the new tire
• modification of the pin programming of the BSCU
(brake and steering control unit)
• modification of the TPIS (if installed) pin program-
ming.

Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.111 Page 430 [ 32-6]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
Figure 32-2 - Main Landing Gear (MLG)

Hinged fairing

Fixed fairing
Proximity sensors

Actuating
cylinder

Tires
Door guide (podger)
Steps

Uplock roller
Main door
Door ramp

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.111 Page 431 [ 32-7]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
Table 32-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 MLG tires selection - MICHE- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Tires, main 46 x 17 MICHELIN M01103 4 SFE
LIN (46X17-R20 radial tires) A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0 R20

13 MLG tires selection - MICHE- A321-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0 Tires, main 1270 x MICHELIN M13901 4 SFE
LIN (1270X455-R22 radial 455 R22
retreadable tires)
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

17 MLG tires selection - GOOD- A321-200 10.0/10.0/-10.0 Conventional tire, GOODYEAR 498FL2-1 4 SFE
YEAR (49X18-22 bias tires) 49x18-22, MLG
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

23 MLG tires alternate equipment A321-200 16.0/16.0/-16.0 Radial tire retread- MICHELIN M20101-01 4 SFE
- MICHELIN (1270X455-R22 able 1270x455R22,
radial retreadable tires) MLG
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.

25 MLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A318-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0 Radial tire 46x17- BRIDGESTONE APR06755 4 SFE
STONE (46X17-R20 radial tires) A319-100 11.0/11.0/-11.0
A320-200 11.0/11.0/-11.0 R20, MLG

26 MLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A321-200 32.0/32.0/-32.0 Tires, main 1270 x BRIDGESTONE APR07002 4 SFE
STONE (1270x455-R22/30 455 R22
radial tires)
Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

28 MLG tires alternate equipment A321-200 48.0/48.0/-48.0 Tires, main 1270 x BRIDGESTONE APR07010 4 SFE
- BRIDGESTONE (1270x455- 455 R22
R22/32 radial tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/20 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.111 Page 432 [ 32-8]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

30 MLG tires selection - GOOD- A318-100 63.0/63.0/-63.0 Radial tire 46x17- GOODYEAR 467Q02-3 4 SFE
YEAR (46x17R20 radial tires) A319-100 63.0/63.0/-63.0
A320-200 63.0/63.0/-63.0 R20, MLG

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.111 Page 433 [ 32-9]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection

Objective
To provide a choice of NLG tire suppliers to the custom-
er.

Basic aircraft
The basic NLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.

Description
NLG tires are installed in accordance with the custom-
er's choice.

Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.120 Page 434 [ 32-10]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
Figure 32-3 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG)

Door uplock
assembly
FWD Gear uplock assembly

Door actuating
cylinder

Forward Gear actuating cylinder


doors
Downlock actuator
Aft doors
Drag strut
assembly

Lock stay

Tires

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.120 Page 435 [ 32-11]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
Table 32-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 NLG tires selection - MICHELIN A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Tires, nose MICHELIN M08201 2 SFE
(30X8.8-R15 radial tires) A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

12 NLG tires selection - BRIDGE- A318-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0 Radial tire BRIDGESTONE APR05145 2 SFE
STONE (30X8.8-R15 radial A319-100 4.0/4.0/-4.0
A320-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0 30x8.8R15, NLG
tires) A321-200 4.0/4.0/-4.0

14 NLG tires selection - GOOD- A318-100 6.0/6.0/-6.0 Radial tire GOODYEAR 309Q62-1 2 SFE
YEAR (30x8.8R15 radial tires) A319-100 6.0/6.0/-6.0
A320-200 6.0/6.0/-6.0 30x8.8R15, NLG
A321-200 6.0/6.0/-6.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.120 Page 436 [ 32-12]


A320 Family Landing gear 32

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.41.120 Page 437 [ 32-13]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans

Objective • installation of modified tachometer/fan motor sup-


To cool down the brakes on the ground to decrease port, tachometer drive shaft and cover
turnaround time. • fan assembly installation
Universal brake cooling fans are strongly recommended • installation of circuit breakers, control push-button,
wiring and modification of integral lighting panel
in the case of a daily network based on several short • connection of the existing wiring to fan motors, con-
flights (four or more flights) and short turn-around times trol push-button and circuit breakers.
(45 minutes).
Note
Basic aircraft The universal brake cooling fans must be installed with
System provision for ground cooling fans is made. a wheel adaptor kit corresponding to the selected
wheels and brakes configuration.
Description
The electrical fan motor is located in the wheel axle. The EPAC selection mode
air is drawn by the impeller from the brake side and Individual
vented outside. The motor is protected by circuit break-
ers and controlled by a push-button on the main instru-
ment panel. The fans are automatically switched off
upon landing gear retraction, even if the control is in the
ON position.
The basic aircraft includes system provision for a
ground brake cooling fan system installation.
The following changes have to be carried out on the air-
craft:

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.48.200 Page 438 [ 32-14]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
Figure 32-4 - Universal brake cooling fans

LDG GEAR BRK FAN


UNLK UNLK UNLK HOT
UBCF Fan Assy
ON

A/BRK A/SKID & NW Impeller


LO MED MAX STEER
ON
DECEL DECEL DECEL
ON ON ON
OFF TPIS connector UBCF Motor Assy
Tachometer
Auto-Brake Panel

Connector

Wheel adapter

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.48.200 Page 439 [ 32-15]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
Table 32-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

11 Installation of universal brake A318-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0 Tachometer drive MESSIER E21350000 4 SFE
cooling fans on MESSIER A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 shaft
wheels and brakes
UBCF fan ASSY TECHNOFAN RU1502U01 4 SFE

UBCF motor ASSY TECHNOFAN AE1502U02 4 SFE

Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1502C00 4 SFE


on MB
12 Installation of universal brake A318-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0 Tachometer drive MESSIER E21350000 4 SFE
cooling fans on BF-GOODRICH A319-100 30.0/30.0/-30.0
A320-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 shaft
wheels and brakes
UBCF fan ASSY TECHNOFAN RU1502U01 4 SFE

UBCF motor ASSY TECHNOFAN AE1502U02 4 SFE

Valve adapter TECHNOFAN EVT174-6- 4 SFE


03A
Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1502D00 4 SFE
on BF-Goodrich

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.48.200 Page 440 [ 32-16]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

13 Installation of universal brake A320-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 Tachometer drive MESSIER E21350000 4 SFE
cooling fans on ABS wheels A321-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0
shaft
and brakes
UBCF fan ASSY TECHNOFAN RU1502U01 4 SFE

UBCF motor ASSY TECHNOFAN AE1502U02 4 SFE

wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1402A00 4 SFE


on ABS
14 Installation of universal brake A321-200 30.0/30.0/-30.0 Tachometer drive MESSIER E21350000 4 SFE
cooling fans on MESSIER/BF- shaft
GOODRICH wheels and brakes
UBCF fan ASSY TECHNOFAN RU1502U01 4 SFE

UBCF motor ASSY TECHNOFAN AE1502U02 4 SFE

Wheel adaptor kit TECHNOFAN DR1402C00 4 SFE


on MB/BFG

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.48.200 Page 441 [ 32-17]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

Objective EPAC selection mode


To display MLG and NLG tire pressure, on the ECAM Individual
wheel page, giving immediate detection of deflated
tires.

Basic aircraft
System provision for a TPIS are made.
Electrical wiring from wheel axles to avionics compart-
ment, wiring from SDAC, CFDIU to TPIS computer rack.

Description
Tire pressure indicating system includes:
• one sensor on each wheel rim to measure the pres-
sure in each main and nose gear tire (total 6 sensors
per aircraft)
• one transmission unit inside the wheel axles which
transmits the electrical pressure signal from the sen-
sor to the computer (total 6 per aircraft)
• TPIS computer located in the avionics compartment
sends information to the ECAM for data display (indi-
cation is green and turns to amber when low/high
pressure is detected), and to FWC for warning mes-
sages
• pin-programming of TPIS computer in accordance
with the aircraft weight and tire size
• pin-programming of SDAC 1 and 2.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.49.109 Page 442 [ 32-18]


A320 Family Landing gear 32
Figure 32-5 - Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)
Wheel rim
TPIS components

Pressure sensor
Tyre
Transmission
pressure unit
TPIS
Transmission
Wheel 1 ECAM unit
computer
From
other wheels
Electronic
module
Axle

Rotating
transformer
Tachometer
Drive shaft

WHEEL

195 PSI 195

C¡ C¡
170
1
140
2
140
3
140
4
Tyres Pressure
REL REL
195 PSI 195 195 PSI 195
Indication

TAT + 19 ¡C G.W. 60300 KG


17H03
SAT + 18 ¡C C.G. 28.1%

System Display

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.49.109 Page 443 [ 32-19]


32 Landing gear A320 Family
Table 32-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation of TPIS on MESS- A318-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
IER wheel (A318/A319/A320) A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 cation Computer
(TPIC)

02 Installation of TPIS on GOO- A318-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
DRICH wheel (A318/A319/ A319-100 17.0/17.0/-17.0
A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 cation Computer
A320) (TPIC)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/25 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - GOODRICH

03 Installation of TPIS on ABS A320-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
wheel (A320) cation Computer
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/07 - Wheels and brakes
(TPIC)
alternate equipment - ABS.

04 Installation of TPIS on ABS A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
wheel (A321) cation Computer
(TPIC)

05 Installation of TPIS on MESS- A321-200 17.0/17.0/-17.0 Tire Pressure Indi- LABINAL 1058-34 1 SFE
IER wheel (A321) cation Computer
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/30 - Wheels and brakes (TPIC)
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 32.49.109 Page 444 [ 32-20]


A320 Family Lights 33

Reference Title
33.12.109 Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)
33.43.000 Runway turnoff lights
33.46.000 Taxi and take-off lights

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 445 [ 33-1]


33 Lights A320 Family
33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel
lighting)
Objective
To give better illumination of sliding table and chart
holder areas. To improve reliability and reduce power
consumption.

Basic aircraft
Basically the A/C is equipped with yellow bulb lamps.

Description
The sliding table light units and the map reading lights
are fitted with LED lamps. The new lights are white and
give better illumination.

Note
Two-way interchangeable.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.12.109 Page 446 [ 33-2]


A320 Family Lights 33
Table 33-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Installation of brighter LED A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


pilot chart holder and map A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
reading lights A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.12.109 Page 447 [ 33-3]


33 Lights A320 Family
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights

Basic aircraft
Two runway turnoff lights are installed to provide wide
beams for side lighting while taxiing.

Description
An alternate runway turnoff light from vendor ECE is in-
stalled.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halo-
gen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.

This new installation:


• prevents transformer overheating and failure
• improves lamp lifetime
• is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.43.000 Page 448 [ 33-4]


A320 Family Lights 33
Table 33-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Basic runway turnoff lights A318-100 Runway turnoff light ECE 8000306Y00 2 SFE
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

05 Alternate runway turnoff light - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Runway turnoff light ECE 8000281Y00 2 SFE
ECE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior acceptance of A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
CN33.46.000/04 - Alternate taxi and take-
off lights - ECE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.43.000 Page 449 [ 33-5]


33 Lights A320 Family
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights

Basic aircraft
One take-off and one fixed position taxi light are in-
stalled on the nose landing gear.
These lights extinguish automatically upon retraction of
the nose landing gear.

Description
Alternate taxi and take-off lights from vendor ECE shall
be installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halo-
gen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.

This new installation:


• prevents transformer overheating and failure
• improves lamp lifetime
• is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.46.000 Page 450 [ 33-6]


A320 Family Lights 33
Table 33-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Basic taxi and take-off lights A318-100 Take-off light ECE 4233488 1 SFE
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200
Taxi light ECE 4236564 1 SFE

04 Alternate taxi and take-off A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Take-off light ECE 8000283Y00 1 SFE
lights - ECE A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN33.43.000/05 - Alternate runway turn- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
off light - ECE. Taxi light ECE 8000282Y00 1 SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.46.000 Page 451 [ 33-7]


33 Lights A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 33.46.000 Page 452 [ 33-8]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Reference Title
34.00.108 QNH/QFE BARO setting
34.13.105 Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
34.13.106 Pitot probes alternate equipment
34.15.101 Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
34.20.203 Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
34.35.109 System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
34.35.110 Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
34.41.302 Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
34.41.310 Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
34.42.101 Radio altimeters alternate equipment
34.42.117 Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.43.203 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment (SFE)
34.43.250 Installation of T2CAS
34.43.260 T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
34.43.270 Wiring provision for T3CAS
34.43.290 Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 453 [ 34-1]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Reference Title
34.43.295 Activation of ATSAW function
34.48.124 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate equipment
34.48.127 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings
34.48.132 Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions
34.51.101 Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
34.52.117 Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
34.52.133 Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
34.52.140 Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
34.53.109 Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.53.111 Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
34.53.119 Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.55.102 VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
34.58.313 Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
34.58.316 Activation of GLS function
34.58.317 Activation of FLS function
34.58.340 Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 454 [ 34-2]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 Page 455 [ 34-3]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting

Objective EPAC selection mode


To provide air data information based on QFE. Individual

Basic aircraft
Possibility to select STD or QNH.
The basic air data information is based on QNH.

Description
The modification consists in making the FMGS system
capable of recognizing whether the BARO setting is
based on QNH or QFE.

The QNH/QFE mode is selected by pressing the BARO


setting knob (PFD control panel) once or twice from the
STD position. The reference value is then set by rotating
the knob and the corresponding setting (QFE or QNH)
is displayed on the PFDs.

This entails the following repercussions:


• FCU, FMGCs, DMCs pin programming
• pin programming of GPWS to activate QFE/QNH
function.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.00.108 Page 456 [ 34-4]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-1 - QNH/QFE BARO setting

Mode selection Reference value selection Settings display


1FD2
SPEED
A/THR

STD
Pull 1013 Rotating the knob 20
286 00
80

In Hg In hPa has no effect


PULL

STD STD

STD

1FD2
SPEED
A/THR

QNH
Push 1020 Rotate the knob 20
286 00

once In Hg In hPa
80

PULL
STD

QNH 1020
QNH

1FD2
SPEED
A/THR

QFE
Push 1004 Rotate the knob 20
286 00
80
again In Hg In hPa

PULL
STD

QFE 1004
QFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.00.108 Page 457 [ 34-5]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 QNH/QFE BARO setting A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.00.108 Page 458 [ 34-6]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.00.108 Page 459 [ 34-7]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes

Objective • installation of a 3/8 inch diameter air pressure pipe


To provide a correct TAT measurement on ground for for bleeding air from the cabin pressurization system
estimation of take-off performance data, even under so- to the TAT probes
lar radiation. • connection of the air pressure pipe into the air condi-
tioning system.
Basic aircraft EPAC selection mode
Two non-aspirated TAT probes are installed. Individual

Description
On the ground while the aircraft is stationary solar radi-
ation can heat the probes due to the absence of airflow
aircraft static phase.

The air inside the probes can become hot, leading to an


inaccurate measurement.

The existing TAT probes are replaced by two probes fit-


ted with an air suction system.

These units are mechanically interchangeable.

The following work has to be undertaken:


• change of existing electrical connectors

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.105 Page 460 [ 34-8]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-2 - TAT probes

Air flow

Sensing
element
New TAT probes Air conditioning
system bleed
Pipe routing tapping points

Supply air for


ejector operation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.105 Page 461 [ 34-9]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

05 Installation of aspirated TAT A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. TAT sensor BF GOODRICH 0102LM2GE 2 SFE
probes - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. AEROSPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.105 Page 462 [ 34-10]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.105 Page 463 [ 34-11]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the pitot probes.

Basic aircraft
Three pitot probes are installed on the lower front part
of the fuselage (frame 10):
• the CAPT probe (1) and the STBY probe (3) are in-
stalled on the left side
• the F/O probe (2) is installed on the right side.

Each pitot probe provides its pressure information to


each ADIRU through one Air Data Module (ADM).

Description
The basic pitot probes are replaced by alternate equip-
ment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.106 Page 464 [ 34-12]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-3 - Pitot probe installation/locations

9DA1 probe-pitot .1
9DA2 probe-pitot .2
9DA3 probe-pitot .3

Quick disconnect
coupling
Electrical
connector

Air flow

Drain hole
(one on each side)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.106 Page 465 [ 34-13]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Pitot probes basic equipment - A318-100 Pitot probe THALES AVION- C16195BA 3 SFE
THALES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200 ICS SA
A321-200

01 Pitot probes alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pitot probe BF GOODRICH 0851 HL 3 SFE
ment - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. AEROSPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.106 Page 466 [ 34-14]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.13.106 Page 467 [ 34-15]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate vendor for Angle Of Attack (AOA)
sensors.

Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with 3 AOA sensors located on
the lower part of the fuselage (frame 25/26):
• AOA sensors 1 and 3 are installed on the LH side
• AOA sensor 2 is installed on the RH side.

Each AOA sensor measures the angle of attack via a


small rotating wing-like device positioned in the direc-
tion of the airflow. Each sensor provides the angle of at-
tack information to each ADIRU.

Description
The AOA sensors are replaced by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.15.101 Page 468 [ 34-16]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-4 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors locations

3FP1 sensor - angle of attack . 1


3FP3 sensor - angle of attack . 3
3FP2 sensor - angle of attack . 2

2 dowel pins
8 mounting holes

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.15.101 Page 469 [ 34-17]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std AOA sensors basic equipment A318-100 Angle of attack sen- THALES AVION- C16291AB 3 SFE
- THALES PN C16291AB A319-100
A320-200 sor ICS SA
A321-200

01 AOA sensors alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Angle of attack sen- BF GOODRICH 0861ED 3 SFE
ment - BF GOODRICH AERO- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sor AEROSPACE
SPACE A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.15.101 Page 470 [ 34-18]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.15.101 Page 471 [ 34-19]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions

Objective Note
To activate optional functions in the 3ATI Integrated Each TDU option can be selected independently of the
Standby Instrument System (ISIS). others.

Basic aircraft EPAC selection mode


The following basic functions are activated in the ISIS: Individual
• attitude indication (pitch, roll, lateral acceleration)
• altitude (Ft) indication
• airspeed (Kts) indication
• mach number
• BARO setting (Hpa)
• standard barometric pressure ( std 1013.25 hPa)
• LOC and glide/slope received from the ILS / MMR.

Description
The following options are available in the system and
can be activated by appropriate pin programming:
• altitude in meter
• BARO setting in inches of mercury (inHg).

The above mentioned options have to be selected


through the dedicated TDUs.
The ISIS is connected to the Flight Data Interface and
Management Unit (FDIMU).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.20.203 Page 472 [ 34-20]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-5 - ISIS display installation

BUGS TEST LS

3910 M
340

+
320 10 10
130 ISIS with options:
40 - altitude in meters
300 128 20 - BARO setting in inHg and hPa
00

280 10 10
125

260 20 20
.57 1013/29.92

ATT BARO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.20.203 Page 473 [ 34-21]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 ISIS optional function - BARO A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


setting in inHg A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

04 ISIS optional function - altitude A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


in meter A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.20.203 Page 474 [ 34-22]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.20.203 Page 475 [ 34-23]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation

Objective
To provide mechanical and electrical provision for Head
Up Display (HUD) system installation.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The system provision comprises mechanical and elec-
trical provisions for the installation of a single HUD sys-
tem on the captain's side (left hand pilot station).

The modification consists in:


• modifying the cockpit (left-hand side) primary struc-
ture to support the installation of the Head-Up Projec-
tor Unit (HPU) and Head-Up Combiner unit (HCU)
• installing wirings between the avionics compartment
and the cockpit
• installation of circuit breaker with safety clip
• installation of 6 MCU mounting tray for the HUDC in
avionics compartment (shelf 86VU)

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.35.109 Page 476 [ 34-24]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 System provision for single A318-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5


HUD system installation A319-100 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A320-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5
A321-200 0.5/0.5/-0.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.35.109 Page 477 [ 34-25]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system

Objective
To provide pilot with an Head Up Display (HUD) system
in order to fly the aircraft head-up in relation to the ex-
ternal scene.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
A Head Up Display (HUD) system is installed to manu-
ally fly the aircraft or to monitor the automatic approach-
es in all the flight phases for which it will be certified.

Note
Aircraft operation with HUD activated requires dedicat-
ed flight crew training.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.35.110 Page 478 [ 34-26]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Installation (based on provi- A318-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0


sion) of single HUD system - A319-100 27.0/27.0/-27.0
A320-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
CFM engines A321-200 27.0/27.0/-27.0
Certified only on A318/A319/A320
equipped with CFM engines.
For A318 equipped with PW engines, or
for A320 equipped with IAE engines or for
A321 equipped with CFM or IAE engines,
to be investigated on a case by case anal-
ysis.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.35.110 Page 479 [ 34-27]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment and enhanced functions
with regard to the WXR.

Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.

Description
Depending on the selection made, some or all of the
equipment is replaced.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.302 Page 480 [ 34-28]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-6 - Single Weather Radar (WXR) system

GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004


249/16 93 NM
6
18:35
3 9

0 FF33R LMG 12

.2R ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO


33 15
GAI
AGN 40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
30 18 in Hg hPa
10 D130M
10 160 ILS PLAN
27 PULL
VOR1 21
STD
CGCM 24 320
WXR transceiver 123 NM
Range 1 2

ND (Rose mode) selector ADF VOR ADF VOR


ILS FD
OFF OFF

GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004


249/16 93 NM
0 1
34
35 2

OL
18:35
3 Mode
33 4
selector
CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD

240 240
CGC LMG TILT
-3.00
160 160 CAL

.2R
WXR antenna WXR antenna mount VOR1
CGC M GAI
103 NM
(single drive) AGN

ND (Arc mode)

Single control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.302 Page 481 [ 34-29]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Full single WXR (ARINC 708A) A318-100 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
with PWS activation - ROCK- A319-100
A320-200 antenna LINS
WELL COLLINS, PN -624 A321-200
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5129-021 1 SFE
trol panel LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5132-624 1 SFE
transceiver LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5133-006 1 SFE
transceiver mount LINS
02 Alternate full single WXR A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
(ARINC 708A) with PWS and A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna LINS
multiscan (WXR 2100) - ROCK- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
WELL COLLINS, PN -213 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-820 1 SFE
trol panel LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 822-1710-213 1 SFE
transceiver LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5133-006 1 SFE
transceiver mount LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.302 Page 482 [ 34-30]


A320 Family Navigation 34
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Alternate full single WXR A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041446-0401 1 SFE
(ARINC 708A) with PWS activa- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna INC. REDMOND,
tion & autotilt function - HON- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
EYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250) Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041444-0403 1 SFE
antenna mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar dual HONEYWELL 2041223-3131 1 SFE
control panel INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 066-50008- 1 SFE
transceiver INC. REDMOND, 0409
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041213-0414 1 SFE
transceiver mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.302 Page 483 [ 34-31]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System

Objective
To provide redundancy for the WXR system.

Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.

Description
Dual WXR system is installed according to the customer
requirements in place of the basic single WXR.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.310 Page 484 [ 34-32]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-7 - Dual Weather Radar (WXR) system

GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004


249/16 93 NM
6
18:35
3 9

0 FF33R LMG 12

.2R ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO


33 15
GAI
AGN 40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
30 18 in Hg hPa
10 D130M
10 160 ILS PLAN
PULL
WXR transceiver (basic) VOR1
CGCM
27
24
21
320
STD
123 NM
Range 1 2

ND (Rose mode) selector ADF VOR ADF VOR


ILS FD
OFF OFF

GS 394 TAS 388 LMG 004


249/16 93 NM
0 1
34
35 2 18:35
3 Mode
OL
33 4
selector
Dual transceiver CDN

mount (basic) ANG


AMB
AVD

240 240
CGC LMG TILT
-3.00
160 160 CAL

.2R
VOR1
CGC M GAI
103 NM
WXR antenna WXR antenna mount Second WXR AGN

(dual drive) transceiver


ND (Arc mode)

OFF WX/TURB WX RADAR


WX MAP
1 2 TILT

5 10
GAIN
15
UP
0
DN
AUTO MAX 15
5 10

Dual control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.310 Page 485 [ 34-33]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Dual WXR system (ARINC A318-100 14.6/14.6/-14.6 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
708A) with PWS activation and A319-100 14.6/14.6/-14.6
A320-200 14.6/14.6/-14.6 1
autotilt function - HONEY- A321-200 14.6/14.6/-14.6
WELL, PN -409 Weather radar HONEYWELL 2041446-0401 1 SFE
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250) antenna INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar con- HONEYWELL 2041220-3231 1 SFE
trol panel INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar dual HONEYWELL 2041444-0404 1 SFE
antenna mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar dual HONEYWELL 2041214-0401 1 SFE
transceiver mount INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
Weather radar HONEYWELL 066-50008- 2 SFE
transceiver INC. REDMOND, 0409
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.310 Page 486 [ 34-34]


A320 Family Navigation 34
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

11 Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
PWS and multiscan (WXR A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0 1
2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS, A321-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0
PN -213 Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
antenna LINS
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-820 1 SFE
trol panel LINS
Weather radar dual ROCKWELL COL- 622-5136-801 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
Weather radar dual ROCKWELL COL- 622-5134-064 1 SFE
transceiver mount LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 822-1710-213 2 SFE
transceiver LINS
12 Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with A318-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0 Audio mixing box T.E.A.M BMA3603AA0 1 SFE
PWS activation - ROCKWELL A319-100 14.0/14.0/-14.0
A320-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0 1
COLLINS, PN -624 A321-200 14.0/14.0/-14.0
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601 1 SFE
antenna LINS
Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-021 1 SFE
trol panel LINS
Weather radar dual ROCKWELL COL- 622-5136-201 1 SFE
antenna mount LINS
Weather radar dual ROCKWELL COL- 622-5134-064 1 SFE
transceiver mount LINS
Weather radar ROCKWELL COL- 622-5132-624 2 SFE
transceiver LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.41.310 Page 487 [ 34-35]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate vendors for radio altimeters equip-
ment.

Basic aircraft
Two radio altimeter systems generally in accordance
with ARINC 707 are installed.

Description
This option installs alternate radio altimeter transceivers
and antennas mechanically and electrically inter-
changeable with the basic equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.101 Page 488 [ 34-36]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-8 - Radio altimeters

Aft cargo hold door

Antenna R2
Antenna T2 Antenna R1
Antenna T1

D
FW

Radio
altimeters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.101 Page 489 [ 34-37]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Radio altimeters basic equip- A318-100 Radio altimeter THALES AVION- 9599-607- 4 SFE
ment - THALES AVIONICS A319-100
A320-200 antenna ICS SA 12352
A321-200
Radio altimeter THALES AVION- 9599-607- 2 SFE
transceiver ICS SA 14943
07 Radio altimeters alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio altimeter ROCKWELL COL- 622-8701-003 4 SFE
equipment - ROCKWELL COL- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna LINS
LINS 900 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Radio altimeter ROCKWELL COL- 822-0334-020 2 SFE
transceiver LINS
11 Radio altimeters alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Radio altimeter HONEYWELL 071-50026- 4 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL, PN A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. antenna INC. 0300
066-50007-0222 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Radio altimeter HONEYWELL 066-50007- 2 SFE
transceiver INC. 0222

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.101 Page 490 [ 34-38]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.101 Page 491 [ 34-39]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs

Objective B) The following announcements are also proposed:


To customize the radio altitude announcements. • 2 500 ft: "twenty five hundred" (refer to paragraph C)
• 2 000 ft: "two thousand"
Basic aircraft • 500 ft: "five hundred" (refer to paragraph D)
The automatic call-out function is integrated in the • 300 ft: "three hundred"
FWCs and generates synthetic voice announcements • 200 ft: "two hundred"
• 100 ft: "one hundred"
of radio altitude.
Basic definition gives the following announcements: C) It is strongly recommended to select automatic call-
• altitudes in feet: out 2500. Basically "two thousand five hundred" is pro-
2 500, (two thousand five hundred), 1000, 400, 50, 40,
posed but it can be replaced by "twenty five hundred".
30, 20, 10, 5
(e.g. at 400 ft, the voice says in English "four hundred").
D) According to operational requirements for TAWS it is
• "hundred above" at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft (*)
• "minimum" at DH / MDA / MDH (*). mandatory to select the 400 ft or 500 ft automatic callout
(*) DH on PA, MDA on NPA - QFE, MDH on NPA-QNH. (at least one of them).

Description Note
The FWC pin programming shall be modified according "Hundred above" and "minimum" automatic callouts
to the selected announcements. cannot be deselected.

A) The following altitude automatic callouts are strongly EPAC selection mode
recommended and should not be deselected from the Individual
basic definition: 1 000 - 50 - 40 - 30 - 20 - 10 - 5.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.117 Page 492 [ 34-40]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-9 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs

Announcement Comments

at 2500 ft: "two thousand five hundred" Strongly recommended


at 2500 ft: "twenty five hundred" Strongly recommended (alternate to "Two thousand five hundred")
at 2000 ft: "two thousand"
at 1000 ft: "one thousand" Strongly recommended
at 500 ft: "five hundred" 500 ft or 400 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 400 ft: "four hundred" 400 ft or 500 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)
at 300 ft: "three hundred"
at 200 ft: "two hundred"
at 100 ft: "one hundred"
at 50 ft: "fifty" Strongly recommended
at 40 ft: "forty" Strongly recommended
at 30 ft: "thirty" Strongly recommended
at 20 ft: "twenty" Strongly recommended
at 10 ft: "ten" Strongly recommended
at 5 ft: "five" Strongly recommended
at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft: "hundred above" Cannot be deselected
at DH / MDA / MDH: "minimum" Cannot be deselected

Basic announcements

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.117 Page 493 [ 34-41]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Radio altitude automatic call- A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0 Radio altitude auto- TBD TBD SFE
outs A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0 matic call-outs
Customizable.
A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
A318-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
A319-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
A320-200 : Subject to customer specific
study
A321-200 : Subject to customer specific
study

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.117 Page 494 [ 34-42]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.42.117 Page 495 [ 34-43]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate
equipment (SFE)
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the TCAS delivered
as SFE.

Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically ca-
pable of European elementary surveillance.

Description
Installation of alternate TCAS consists of:
• TCAS computer and associated antennas (2)
• TCAS compatible ATC transponder, mode S.

Note
• ELS: ELementary Surveillance, EHS: EnHanced
Surveillance
• for alternate ATC/TCAS control panel installation,
see item CN34.52.140.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.203 Page 496 [ 34-44]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-10 - TCAS system

STBY AUTO ON
ATC FAIL

1 2
1 2 3
T
A
C
T
C 4 5 6
IDENT A TCAS antenna
S
OFF ON ALL ABV TA
STBY TA/RA
THRT BLW

7 0 CLR
ALT RPTG

ATC/TCAS control panel FMGC 2


Location of ATC/TCAS antennas ATC 1
2
mode S
ATC mode S 1/ capable FMGC 1
ATC mode S 2 TCAS
2 Windshear
1 stall inhibit
FWC Mount for
ALT limit
Synth. TCAS
voice

3
2 CFDIU
EIS displays 1
DMC
Inhibit
GPWS
ATC 1/ATC 2 TCAS
FDIU

TCAS antenna

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.203 Page 497 [ 34-45]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-12 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std TCAS change 7 - HONEYWELL A318-100 ATC mode S tran- HONEYWELL 066-01127- 2 SFE
TPA 100 / ATC ELS, EHS - HON- A319-100
A320-200 sponder INC. REDMOND, 1402
EYWELL (-1402) A321-200 OLATHE
TCAS directional HONEYWELL 071-50001- 2 SFE
antenna INC. REDMOND, 8104
OLATHE
TCAS II computer HONEYWELL 940-0300-001 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE
10 TCAS change 7.1 alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- HONEYWELL 066-01127- 2 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL TPA- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder INC. REDMOND, 1402
100B / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEY- A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE
WELL (-1402)
TCAS directional HONEYWELL 071-50001- 2 SFE
antenna INC. REDMOND, 8104
OLATHE
TCAS II computer HONEYWELL 940-0351-001 1 SFE
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.203 Page 498 [ 34-46]


A320 Family Navigation 34
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

39 TCAS change 7.1 - ACSS 2000 / A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ACSS-AN L3 751-7800- 2 SFE
ATC ELS, EHS - ACSS (-10100) A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder COMMUNICA- 10100
DO-260A A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. TIONS/THALES
TCAS directional ACSS-AN L3 751-4081-911 2 SFE
antenna COMMUNICA-
TIONS/THALES
TCAS II computer ACSS-AN L3 751-7900- 1 SFE
COMMUNICA- 10020
TIONS/THALES
61 TCAS change 7.1 - ROCKWELL A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ROCKWELL COL- 822-1338-021 2 SFE
COLLINS 921 / ATC ELS, EHS - A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder LINS
ROCKWELL COLLINS 901 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
TCAS directional ROCKWELL COL- 622-8973-104 2 SFE
antenna LINS
TCAS II computer ROCKWELL COL- 822-1293-332 1 SFE
LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.203 Page 499 [ 34-47]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS

Objective Buyer to verify with the relevant states in which the


To install a T²CAS system and ATC Mode S transpon- Buyer operates, the correctness of the information
der. Vendor selection for the ATC Transponder is re- contained in the terrain database. Errors in the ter-
quired. rain data shall be reported to the relevant states and
the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall
Airbus be held responsible or liable for the contents,
Basic aircraft acquisition, use or updating of the terrain data base.
EGPWS, TCAS and ATC Transponder are installed.
EPAC selection mode
Description Individual
The EGPWS and TCAS are replaced by T²CAS which
provides both TAWS & TCAS functions in the same
equipment. T²CAS manufactured by ACSS is installed
in the same location as the TCAS. Customer choice is
required for the supplier of the ATC Transponder.

Note
• for ATC TCAS control panel selection, see item
CN34.52.140
• incompatible with weather radar autotilt function
(CN34.41.300/03 and CN34.41.310/03)
• the contents of the terrain database are made avail-
able by the various states, which are members of the
ICAO world organization, to the supplier. Each state
is responsible for the definition of the content of the
terrain database. It shall be the responsibility of the

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.250 Page 500 [ 34-48]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-13 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

20 Install. of T2CAS - ACSS (- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ATC mode S tran- ACSS-AN L3 751-7800- 2 SFE
11111)/ATC - ACSS (-10100) A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. sponder COMMUNICA- 10100
DO-260A - lateral GPS posit. A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. TIONS/THALES
with auto desel.
Enhanced Ground HONEYWELL 965-1676-00X -1 SFE
Proximity Warning INC. REDMOND,
Computer OLATHE
(EGPWC)
T2CAS computer ACSS-AN L3 9000000- 1 SFE
COMMUNICA- 11111
TIONS/THALES
TCAS directional ACSS-AN L3 751-4081-911 2 SFE
antenna COMMUNICA-
TIONS/THALES

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.250 Page 501 [ 34-49]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings

Objective Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pull-


To propose alternate warnings for the Ground Collision up ! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN"
Avoidance Module (GCAM) within the T2CAS in line message on Navigation Display.
with FAA recommendations. Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with vi-
sual red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display is
Basic aircraft unchanged.
The basic GCAM aural and visual annunciation is in line
with the EASA/JAA requirements: Note
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associat- Requires prior installation of a T2CAS.
ed with visual amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Nav-
igation Display. EPAC selection mode
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up Individual
! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERR AHEAD"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with
red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.

Description
The modification consists of activation of the alternate
FAA recommended wording which is selectable by pin
programming:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associ-
ated with visual amber "TERRAIN" message on Naviga-
tion Display.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.260 Page 502 [ 34-50]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-14 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 T2CAS - Activation of A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


announcements (aural and A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
visual) in compliance with FAA A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
wording

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.260 Page 503 [ 34-51]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS

Objective
To allow later installation of a T3CAS.

Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically ca-
pable of European elementary surveillance.

Description
Wiring provision shall be made in the avionics compart-
ment for later installation of a T3CAS.
The modification consists in installing additional wiring
between the ATC transponder rack and the TCAS rack
for future used by the T3CAS.

Note
T3CAS is to be used in conjunction with a transponder
ACSS DO-260A.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.270 Page 504 [ 34-52]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-15 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Wiring provision for T3CAS A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0


A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.270 Page 505 [ 34-53]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)

Objective
To allow later activation of Aircraft Traffic Situation
Awareness (ATSAW) function.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
Complete wiring provision for later activation of ATSAW
function is provided.
ATSAW applications aim at enhancing the flight crews'
knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The
principle is to use a Cockpit Display Traffic
Information (CDTI) that provides permanently updated
traffic information received via ADS-B using mode S
1090 MHz.
ATSAW enhances the traffic situational awareness with
the objective to improve the efficiency and the safety of
the flight.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.290 Page 506 [ 34-54]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Wiring provision for Aircraft A318-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0


Traffic Situation Awareness A319-100 1.0/1.0/-1.0
A320-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0
(ATSAW) A321-200 1.0/1.0/-1.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.290 Page 507 [ 34-55]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function

Objective Using a traffic selector switch, crew can select a specific


To enhance the efficiency and the safety of the flight aircraft to get more information as aircraft identification
thanks to a better traffic situational awareness. and ground speed. More information is available on
MCDU selecting the specific Traffic page.
Basic aircraft
None. ATSAW function:
• enhances the opportunity to flight level change
Description • optimizes the flight level and generates fuel savings
Airborne Traffic Situational AWareness (ATSAW) aims • improves cooperation with ATC (better understand-
at enhancing the flight crews' knowledge of the sur- ing of ATC instructions)
rounding traffic information. The principle is to display
permanently updated traffic information received via EPAC selection mode
ADS-B using mode S 1090 MHz. Individual

With ATSAW, the surrounding traffic information dis-


played by default on ND is:
• the aircraft position
• the aircraft direction
• the relative altitude
• the vertical speed tendency.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.295 Page 508 [ 34-56]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-17 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Activation of ATSAW function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pushbutton AIRBUS ABS1650-01 2 SFE


A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

02 Activation of ATSAW function A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Pushbutton AIRBUS ABS1650-01 2 SFE


including ITP (In Trail Proce- A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
dure) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.43.295 Page 509 [ 34-57]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate
equipment
Objective database. It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to
To provide an alternate Enhanced Ground Proximity verify with the relevant states in which the Buyer oper-
Warning Computer (EGPWC) capable of geometric alti- ates, the correctness of the information contained in the
tude, PEAKS, OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral posi- terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be re-
tion functions. ported to the relevant states and the supplier of the re-
lated equipment. In no case shall Airbus be held
Basic aircraft responsible or liable for the contents, acquisition, use or
The basic EGPWC is capable of geometric altitude, updating of the terrain data base.
PEAKS and OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral posi-
tion functions. EPAC selection mode
Individual
Description
An alternate EGPWC manufactured by HONEYWELL is
installed in place of the basic one.
The main improvements of this alternate equipment are
the compatibility with low RNP approach, with steep ap-
proach (on A318 only) and the provision for managing
RAAS audio volume.

Note
The contents of the terrain database are made available
by the various states, which are members of the ICAO
world organization, to the supplier. Each state is re-
sponsible for the definition of the content of the terrain

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.124 Page 510 [ 34-58]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-18 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std EGPWC - capable of GPS lat- A318-100 Ground Proximity HONEYWELL 965-1676-002 1 SFE
eral position A319-100
A320-200 Warning Computer INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 (GPWC) OLATHE

03 EGPWC alternate equipment - A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Ground Proximity HONEYWELL 965-1676-003 1 SFE
HONEYWELL, -003 A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. Warning Computer INC. REDMOND,
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. (GPWC) OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.124 Page 511 [ 34-59]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate
warnings
Objective EPAC selection mode
To propose an EGPWS man machine interface with al- Individual
ternate aural and visual annunciation.

Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is in
line with the EASA/JAA wording:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associat-
ed with amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with red "TERR AHEAD" mes-
sage on Navigation Display.

Description
The EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associ-
ated with amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pull-
up ! ..." voice associated with red "TERRAIN" message
on Navigation Display.
The modification is made by pin-program.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.127 Page 512 [ 34-60]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 EGPWS annunciation (aural & A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


visual) in accordance with FAA A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
wording A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.127 Page 513 [ 34-61]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional
functions
Objective
To give aircraft position on the airport surface by provid-
ing aural advisories.

Basic aircraft
An EGPWC is installed.

Description
The Runway Awareness And Advisory System (RAAS)
is a new function implemented in EGPWS. It allows to
give aircraft position on the airport surface.
The aircraft position comes from GPS. The airport loca-
tion comes from an EGPWS runway database.
RAAS function provides only aural advisories.
To be available, RAAS needs a certain EGPWS config-
uration:
• EGPWS is powered up
• EGPWS -003
• EGPWS runway database -435 or later
• RAAS Configuration Database -521
• GPS position
• RAAS discrete activation.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.132 Page 514 [ 34-62]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

15 Activation of the Runway A318-100 0.0/0.0/0.0


Awareness and Advisory Sys- A319-100 0.0/0.0/0.0
A320-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
tem (RAAS) function in the A321-200 0.0/0.0/0.0
EGPWS (-003)
Requires prior selection of CN34.48.124/
03 EGPWC alternate equipment - HON-
EYWELL, -003

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.48.132 Page 515 [ 34-63]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for DME interrogators.

Basic aircraft
Two DME interrogators generally in accordance with
ARINC 709, are installed together with the two indepen-
dent L-blade antennas on the fuselage.
DME (1+2) indications are provided on EFIS NDs.

Description
The modification consists in replacing the DME interro-
gators by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.51.101 Page 516 [ 34-64]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-11 - DME interrogators

GS 390 TAS 380 VOR1 116. 00


095/20 30 CRS 010
27 33 TRO

24 0

21 3

18 6

2'30"
15 9
VOR1 12
TRO ADF2
15 NM JAG

ND
DME 2
DME 1 Antenna
Antenna

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.51.101 Page 517 [ 34-65]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std DME interrogators basic equip- A318-100 DME interrogator ROCKWELL COL- 822-0329-020 2 SFE
ment - ROCKWELL COLLINS A319-100
A320-200 LINS
900 A321-200

13 DME interrogators alternate A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. DME interrogator HONEYWELL 066-50013- 2 SFE
equipment - HONEYWELL, PN A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. INC. REDMOND, 1222
066-50013-1222 A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.51.101 Page 518 [ 34-66]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.51.101 Page 519 [ 34-67]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)

Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM) to be com-
pliant with AMC-20-24 for ADS-B OUT in Non Radar
Airspace.

Basic aircraft
None.

Description
The necessary changes to implement ADS-B OUT reg-
ulation for Non Radar Airspace are made.
The objective of ADS-B OUT function is to
comply with AMC-20-24 applicable to the airborne do-
main specified for 5NM separations in Non Radar Air-
space.

Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder not capable of
ADS-B OUT.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.117 Page 520 [ 34-68]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-22 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

02 Compliance with ADS-B OUT A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.


regulation for NRA A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.117 Page 521 [ 34-69]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation

Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM, AMM) to
be compliant with TGL18/JAA NPA-20-12a (EHS regu-
lation).

Basic aircraft
Two mode S ATC transponders compliant with ELS (El-
ementary surveillance).

Description
The necessary changes to implement TGL18/JAA NPA-
20-12a (EHS regulation) are made.

Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder non capable of
EHS.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.133 Page 522 [ 34-70]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Table 34-23 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Compliance with European A318-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0


enhanced surveillance (EHS) A319-100 2.0/2.0/-2.0
A320-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0
regulation A321-200 2.0/2.0/-2.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.133 Page 523 [ 34-71]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ATC control panel.

Basic aircraft
One ATC control panel (Mode S, TCAS with Full Time
and Above/Below display mode).

Description
ATC control panel is replaced by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.140 Page 524 [ 34-72]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-12 - ATC control panel location

AUTO AUTO
STBY ON IDENT ATC FAIL
STBY ON
TA
STBY TARA
1 2 1 2 3
A T 1 2 T
C A C
T IDENT
C A T A
OFF ON ALL ABV
S C 4 5 6 ALL TA S
ABV STBY TARA
OFF ON
THRT BLW THRT BLW
ATC FAIL
7 0 CLR
ALT RPTG ALT RPTG

THALES AVIONICS C124-02-AA02 (optional) THALES AVIONICS C124-04-AB02 (basic)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.140 Page 525 [ 34-73]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-24 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std Dual ATC/TCAS control panel A318-100 Dual ATC/TCAS THALES AVION- C124-04- 1 SFE
basic equipment - THALES A319-100
A320-200 control panel ICS SA AB02
AVIONICS (-AB02) A321-200
Keyboard type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.

20 Dual ATC /TCAS control panel A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. Dual ATC/TCAS THALES AVION- C124-02- 1 SFE
alternate equipment - THALES A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. control panel ICS SA AA02
AVIONICS (-AA02) A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl.
Rotactor type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
Not applicable to A318-100 equipped with
PW engines.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.140 Page 526 [ 34-74]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.52.140 Page 527 [ 34-75]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system

Objective
To provide full provision for the later installation of a sec-
ond ADF system.

Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.

Description
The modification consists in:
• installation of a second ADF antenna on top of the fu-
selage
• installation of a second ADF receiver mount in the
avionics compartment
• installation of associated wiring.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.109 Page 528 [ 34-76]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-13 - ADF system

FMGC1 FMGC2

ADF1 antenna ADF2 antenna RMP1 RMP2

VOR1 VOR2

ADF receivers DME1 DME2

MMR1 MMR2

ADF1 Prov for


ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.109 Page 529 [ 34-77]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-25 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

01 Full provision for second ADF A318-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
system A319-100 8.0/8.0/-8.0
A320-200 8.0/8.0/-8.0 ICS SA
A321-200 8.5/8.5/-8.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.109 Page 530 [ 34-78]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.109 Page 531 [ 34-79]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ADF system.

Basic aircraft
One ADF system is installed.
ADF bearing information is displayed on NDs according
to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch po-
sitions.
ADF bearing can be displayed on the DDRMI (if select-
ed).

Description
The ADF receiver is replaced by alternate equipment.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.111 Page 532 [ 34-80]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-14 - Single ADF system

FMGC1 FMGC2

ADF1 antenna RMP1 RMP2

VOR1 VOR2

DME1 DME2

MMR1 MMR2

ADF1 ADF2
Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.111 Page 533 [ 34-81]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-26 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

Std ADF system basic equipment - A318-100 ADF receiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020 1 SFE
ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 A319-100
A320-200 LINS
A321-200

03 ADF system alternate equip- A318-100 Negl./Negl./Negl. ADF receiver HONEYWELL 066-50014- 1 SFE
ment - HONEYWELL A319-100 Negl./Negl./Negl.
A320-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. INC. REDMOND, 0202
A321-200 Negl./Negl./Negl. OLATHE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.111 Page 534 [ 34-82]


A320 Family Navigation 34

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.111 Page 535 [ 34-83]


34 Navigation A320 Family
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system

Objective ADF1 (or 2) information is displayed on NDs according


To install dual ADF system to provide redundancy for to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch po-
navigation purposes. sitions.

Basic aircraft Note


One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and This option is not compatible with later installation of a
sense antenna is installed. satellite TV system.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF EPAC selection mode
antenna. Individual

Description
The complete installation of dual ADF system is imple-
mented as follows:
• installation of a second antenna on top of the fuse-
lage
• installation of dual ADF receiver with associated
mount in the avionics compartment in place of the ba-
sic single ADF receiver
• installation of associated wiring
• pin-programming modification of peripheral equip-
ment (DMC, FMGC, RMP).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.119 Page 536 [ 34-84]


A320 Family Navigation 34
Figure 34-15 - Dual ADF system

ADF1 antenna ADF2 antenna

FMGC1 FMGC2

RMP1 RMP2

VOR1 VOR2
ARPT NDB VOR D WPT CSTR BARO

40 ROSE NAV
20 60 VOR ARC
in Hg hPa DME1 DME2
10 160 ILS PLAN
PULL
STD
320
1 2

ADF VOR ADF VOR


ILS FD MMR1 MMR2
OFF OFF

Activated ADF1 ADF2


position
Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012 34.53.119 Page 537 [ 34-85]


34 Navigation A320 Family
Table 34-27 - Technical solutions description
TDU Title (Remarks) Appl. Weight (kg) Equipment Equipment Equipment QTY STS
MWE/OWE/APL reference supplier PN

03 Installation of dual ADF system A318-100 12.5/12.5/-12.5 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
- HONEYWELL A319-100 12.5/12.5/-12.5
A320-200 12.5/12.5/-12.5 ICS SA
A321-200 13.0/13.0/-13.0
ADF receiver HONEYWELL 066-50014- 2 SFE
INC. REDMOND, 0202
OLATHE
04 Installation of dual ADF system A318-100 11.5/11.5/-11.5 ADF antenna THALES AVION- 615-2630-102 2 SFE
- ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 A319-100 11.5/11.5/-11.5
A320-200 11.5/11.5/-11.5 ICS SA
A321-200 12.0/12.0/-12.0
ADF receiver ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020 2 SFE
LINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012